Project Safety Ambuja Cement OH &S

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 170

Project OHS - Manual

Ambuja Cements Limited

PROJECT - OH&S MANUAL

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 1 -nileshj Page 1 07/09/2019

Page 1
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 1 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

PREFACE (DRAFT)

is the goal that ACL has set to itself and to achieve it.
It’s the obligation of every individual stake holder to commit & strive
towards achieving it.

ACL’s Project OHS Manual sets forth the minimum Occupational Health
& Safety guidelines to the successful bid awarded contractor & expects
that the contractor has fully understood its content & is responsible to

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 2 -nileshj Page 2 07/09/2019

Page 2
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 2 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

abide by the standards laid down at all ACLs construction sites across
the country.

ACL constantly reviews & updates the OHS Manual in order ensure that
it complies with all the applicable statutory Laws & regulations of the
region in which it operates.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Doc. No. Title No.


Preface 2
Table of Contents 3
Introduction 5
OHS MS - 1 Definitions & abbreviations 6
OHS MS – 2 Policies-OH&S, Substance abuse 9

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 3 -nileshj Page 3 07/09/2019

Page 3
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 3 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

OHS MS – 3 Method Statement ,Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment(HIRA) & 11


Risk Control(RC)
OHS MS – 4 Legal & other requirements Requirements 13
OHS MS – 5 Contractor OHS Management, Organisation & Responsibilities 14
OHS MS – 6 OHS Training 18
OHS MS – 7 Communication 18
OHS MS - 8 OHS Meeting 19
OHS MS – 9 Document and Data control- Amendment Record Sheet 21
OHS MS – 10 Operational control (Refer Annexure 1- 34 . Pg.No : 114-156). 21
OHS MS – 11 Emergency Preparedness and Response (Refer pg. No. 106-110) 21
OHS MS – 12 Monitoring & Measuring Performance 22
OHSMS - 13 Employee welfare 23
OHSMS - 14 Drug & Alcohol Regulations 24
SOP – 1 General Safety Rules 25
SOP – 2 Access control 26
SOP – 3 Housekeeping 27
SOP – 4 Transportation & Traffic Plan 28
SOP – 5 Demolition 30
SOP – 6 Excavation/ Trenching 31
SOP – 7 Tunnelling 33
SOP – 8 Blasting 39
SOP – 9 Piling 41
SOP – 10 Electrical System 48
SOP – 11 Lighting 52
SOP – 12 Plant & Machinery Operation 53
SOP – 13 Crane & Rigging Equipment 56
SOP – 14 Working at Height 63
SOP – 15 Scaffolding & Elevated Work Platform 66
SOP – 16 Slip Form/ Jump Form Shuttering 70
SOP – 17 Formwork 74
SOP – 18 Reinforcement 75
SOP – 19 Welding & Gas Cutting 76
SOP – 20 Confined space 77
SOP – 21 Structural Steel Erection 79
SOP – 22 Work Over/Near Water bodies 83
SOP - 23 Batching Plant 85
SOP – 24 Concreting , Grouting & Guniting 88
SOP – 25 Sand Blasting 94
SOP – 26 Non Destructive Testing (NDT) 95
SOP – 27 Pressure Testing 98
SOP – 28 Power operated Hand Tools 99
SOP – 29 Fire Prevention & Control 100

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 4 -nileshj Page 4 07/09/2019

Page 4
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 4 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP – 30 Work Permits 101


SOP – 31 Personal Protective Equipments 102
SOP – 32 Occupational Health 104
SOP – 33 Waste Management 105
SOP – 34 Emergency Preparedness & Response System 106
SOP – 35 Incident Investigation & Reporting 111
Check Lists
Annexure – 1 Typical Activities, Risks and Controls 114
Annexure – 2 General management Report 115
Annexure – 3 Periodic Audit/Inspection At site 116
Annexure – 4 Work Permit 122
Annexure – 5 Access Vicinity Permit 123
Annexure – 6 Check list for Demolition 125
Annexure – 7 Check list Excavation 126
Annexure – 8 Check List for Blasting 127
Annexure – 9 Check List for Piling 128
Annexure – 10 Check List for Electrical Work 129
Annexure – 11 Check list for Plant & Machinery 130
Annexure – 12 Check list for Crane 131
Annexure - 13 Check list for Scaffold 132
Annexure - 14 Check list for rigging 134
Annexure – 15 Check list for Formwork 135
Annexure – 16 Check list for Reinforcement 136
Annexure - 17 Check list for Welding 137
Annexure – 18 Check list for gas cutting 138
Annexure – 19 Check List for Confined space 139
Annexure - 20 Check list for Structural Erection 140
Annexure – 21 Check list for work over/Near water body 141
Annexure – 22 Check list for Concreting 142
Annexure – 23 Check list for Non Destructive Testing 143
Annexure – 24 Check list for work over slope /Fragile roof 144
Annexure – 25 Check list for Pressure Testing 145
Annexure – 26 Check list for Power operated Hand Tools 146
Annexure – 27 Check List for Mobile Cranes 147
Annexure – 28 Check list for fire prevention & control 148
Annexure – 29 Check list for Tunnelling 149
Annexure – 30 Format for Tool box Talk 150
Annexure – 31 Format for Emergency Contact 151
Annexure – 32 Format for Mock drill 152
Annexure – 33 Format for Incident Investigation Report 153
Annexure – 34 Penalty Clause 156

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 5 -nileshj Page 5 07/09/2019

Page 5
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 5 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

INTRODUCTION

Safe working conditions & safe work practices are strong values at Ambuja cement Limited.
This ACL document has been created as a reference to assist the Contractor in creating a work place free
of hazards & potential injury while working at ACL facility. This document is intended to help identify the
safety requirements that must be observed by the Contracting companies & their workers while working
on ACL projects. It contains both mandatory requirements & recommended practices.

It is primarily for the construction, remodelling or modification of buildings, facilities & the installation of
machinery & equipments. This includes the main Contractor, sub contractors & any company providing
workers for construction or equipment related purpose.

This document only the minimum safety requirements to be observed by the contractor. Therefore, the
information contained in this documented shall in no way be considered a complete listing of all necessary
safety requirements to be observed by the contractor.

The contractor has responsibility for the safety of their personnel & be responsible for compliance with all
ACL standards, applicable law , code & accredited consensus standards that are applicable to their
industry. All applicable laws, specific to the jurisdiction in which the work site is located, govern the
Contractors performing construction work at ACL. The Contractor must be aware of all requirements and
ensure they have been met in all aspects of the work. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility and
liability for the actions of their workers, Subcontractors workers, agents, material suppliers, visitors, etc.,
with no limitations.

The publication of this document shall in no way be interpreted as the assumption of responsibility or
liability by Ambuja Cement Limited. If a conflict exists between this document and any applicable law,
code or standard, it is the Contractor’s responsibility to bring this conflict to the attention of the ACL
Engineer in charge of the project for resolution

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 6 -nileshj Page 6 07/09/2019

Page 6
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 6 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

OHSMS- 1 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

Phrases Definition
Building or other Means the construction, alteration, repairs, maintenance or demolition, of or, in
construction work relation to, buildings, streets, roads, railways, tramways, airfields, irrigation,
(Reference - The drainage, embankment and navigation works, flood control works (including storm
Building and Other water drainage works), generation, transmission and distribution of power, water
works (including channels for distribution of water), oil and gas installations, electric
Construction
lines, wireless, radio, television, telephone, telegraph and overseas
Workers (Regulation
communications, dams, canals, reservoirs, watercourses, tunnels, bridges,
of Employment and viaducts, aqueducts, pipelines, towers, cooling towers, transmission towers and
Conditions of such other work as may be specified in this behalf by the appropriate Government,
Service) Act, 1996) by notification but does not include any building or other construction work to which
the provision of the Factories, Act, 1948, (63 of 1948) or the Mines, Act, 1952, (35
of 1952) apply;
Competent Person “Competent person” means a person so approved by the Central Government, who
(Reference - The belongs to a testing establishment in India, possessing adequate qualification,
Building and Other experience and skill for the purposes of testing, examination or annealing and
Construction certification of lifting appliances, lifting gears, wire ropes or pressure plant or
equipment.
Workers (Regulation
of Employment and
Conditions of
Service Act, 1996)
Competent Person In relation to any provision of The BOCW Act, 1996 and Rules including DBOCW
Rules, means a person or an institution recognized as such by the Chief Inspector
for the purposes of carrying out tests, examinations and inspections required to be
done in a project.
Consultant Agency Appointed by ACL to supervise day-to-day OH&S Management of
Construction Site on behalf of ACL.
Incident/ Accident Undesired event giving rise to death, ill heath, injury, damage or other loss
Compressed Air Means air mechanically raised to a pressure higher than atmospheric pressure at
sea level;
Construction Site Means any site at which any of the processes or operations, related to building or
other construction work, are carried on;
Danger Means danger of accident or of injury or to health;
Demolition Work Means the work incidental to or connected with the total or partial dismantling or
razing of a building or a structure other than a building and includes the removing or
dismantling of machines or other equipment;
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 7 -nileshj Page 7 07/09/2019

Page 7
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 7 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

Phrases Definition
Excavation Means the removal of earth, rock or other material in connection with construction
or demolition work;
Fatality Death resulting from an accident;
Flashpoint Means the minimum liquid temperature at which a spark or flame causes an
instantaneous flash in the vapour space above the liquid;
Frame or modular Means a scaffold manufactured in such a way that the geometry of the scaffold is
scaffold pre-determined and the relative spacing of the principal members are fixed;
Guardrail Means a horizontal rail secured to uprights and erected along the exposed sides of
scaffolds, floor openings, runways and gangways to prevent persons from falling;
Hazard Source, situation, or act with a potential for harm in terms of human injury or ill health,
or a combination of these
Hazard Process of recognizing that a hazard exists and defining its characteristics.
Identification
Hazardous Chemicals falling under schedule-I, II or III under The Manufacture, Storage and
Chemicals Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989/1994/2000’
Hazardous Wastes All wastes falling under schedule-I, II and III of the Hazardous Wastes
(Management & Handling) Amendment Rules, 2003;
Ill health Identifiable, adverse physical or mental condition arising from &/ or made worse by
a work activity and/or work-related situation;
Lifting Appliance Means a crane, hoist, derrick, winch, gin pole, sheer legs, jack, pulley block or other
equipment used for lifting materials, objects or, building worker;
Lifting Gear Means ropes, chains, hooks, slings & other accessories of a “lifting appliance”;
Magazine Means a place in which explosives are stored or kept, whether above or below
ground;
Man-days Lost It is the total disability / forced absence period in days of all the injured persons
arising out of the reportable injury, serious injury and minor injury;
Man-Hours Worked It is the total number of employee hours worked by all employees (staff + worker)
working in the project premises, it includes managerial, supervisory, technical,
clerical and other workers including contractors labours;
Materials Hoist Means a power or manually operated and suspended platform or bucket operating
in guide rails and used for raising or lowering material exclusively and operated and
controlled from a point outside the conveyance;
Minor Injury (Non- An injury which requires medical treatment only without causing any disablement
disabling injury) whether of temporary or permanent nature;
Near Miss cases These are incidents / occurrences wherein a serious accident has not happened
but could have happened i.e. normally missed;
Occupational Disease caused by environment factors to a person arising out of or in the course of
Disease employment (the notifiable occupational diseases are listed in Schedule-III of The
Factory Act, 1948);
Outrigger Means a structure projecting beyond the façade of a building with the inner end being
anchored& includes a cantilever or other support;
Putlog Means a horizontal member on which the board, plank or decking of a working
platform are laid;

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 8 -nileshj Page 8 07/09/2019

Page 8
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 8 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

Phrases Definition
Responsible Means a person appointed by the employer to be responsible for the performance
person or specific duty or duties and who has sufficient knowledge and experience and the
requisite authority for the proper performance of such duty or duties.
Right angle coupler Means a coupler, other than a swivel or putlog coupler, used for connecting tubes at
right angles;
Risk Combination of the likelihood of an occurrence of a hazardous event or exposure(s)
and the severity of injury or ill health that can be caused by the event or exposure(s)
Safe working load In relation to an article of lifting gear or lifting appliance, means the load which is the
maximum load that may be imposed on such article or appliance with safety in the
normal working conditions as assessed and certified by a competent person;
Safety Freedom from unacceptable risk of harm .
Scaffold Means any temporarily provided structure on or from which workers perform in
connection with construction work to which these rules apply, & any temporarily
provided structure which enables workers to obtain access to or which enables
materials to be taken to any place at which such work is performed,& includes any
working platform, gangway, run, ladder or step-ladder (other than a ladder or step
ladder which does not form part of such structure) together with any guardrail, toe
board or other safeguards & all fixings, but does not include lifting appliance or a
lifting machine or a structure used merely to support such an appliance or such a
machine or to support other plant or equipment;
Sound or good Means construction conforming to the relevant national standards or in case such
construction national standards do not exist, to other generally accepted international engineering
standards or code of practices;
Suspended Means a scaffold suspended by means of ropes or chains and capable of being
scaffold raised or lowered but does not include a boatswain chair or similar appliance;
Toe-board Means a member fastened above a working platform, access landing, access way,
wheel barrow run, ramp or other platform to prevent building workers and materials
falling there from;
Trestle scaffold Includes a scaffold in which the supports for the platform are any of the following
which are ACL supporting, namely;
• Split heads; Folding; Step-ladder; Tripods; or
• Movable contrivances similar to any of the foregoing;
Visitor Any person entering ACL work area for the purpose of observing, meeting, or
performing non-work (hands off) activities, including those ACL employees from
other sites;
Sub-Contractor Any person contracted by ACL to perform work on process equipment, piping and
related systems;
Truck Driver Any person delivering/receiving materials related to operations of the processes, or
delivering/receiving products or construction material;

Abbreviation Expanded Form


ACL Ambuja Cements Limited
BIS Bureau of Indian Standards
BOCWA Building & Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment & Conditions of Service
), Act 1996

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 9 -nileshj Page 9 07/09/2019

Page 9
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 9 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

BOCWR Building & Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment & Conditions of
Service), Rule 1998
CCE Chief Controller of Explosives
HOD Head of Department
IS Indian Standards
ISO International Organization for Standardization
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet
OH&S Occupational Health & Safety
OHSMS Occupational Health & Safety Management System
OHSAS Occupational Health & Safety Assessment System
P&M Plant & Machinery
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
QMS Quality Management System
SOP Safe Operating Procedure
STEL Short Term Exposure Limit
TLV Threshold Limit Value
TWA Time Weighted Average

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 10 -nileshj Page 10 07/09/2019

Page 10
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 10 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 11 -nileshj Page 11 07/09/2019

Page 11
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 11 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 12 -nileshj Page 12 07/09/2019

Page 12
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 12 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 13 -nileshj Page 13 07/09/2019

Page 13
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 13 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
METHOD STATEMENT ,HAZARD IDENTIFICATION, RISK
OHSMS- 3
ASSESSMENT(HIRA) & RISK CONTROL(RC)

A work method statement, sometimes referred to as a safe work method statement or a safe work
procedure, is a part of a workplace safety plan. It is predominately used in construction to describe a
document that gives specific instructions on how to safely perform a work related task, or operate a
piece of plant or equipment. It advise employees and contractors on how to perform work related tasks
safely.
A work method statement is prepared for each task on a particular worksite by the concerned engineer,
the group of work method statements are then packaged and included in the overall Construction
Safety Plan. This plan (or document) is typically submitted at the beginning of a project for approval
by the client or their representative. The work method statement encompasses the following:

1. Purpose
2. Scope
3. References
4. Definitions
5. Responsibilities
6. Equipment
7. Safety
8. Procedure
9. Attachments (if any).

A sample of the Method statement of any activity is attached in Annexure - 1 (Page-113).

HAZARD IDENTIFICATION & RISK ASSESSMENT;

Contractor has to carry out Hazard Identification, risk assessment and risk control exercise for various
construction activities in conjunction to the submitted Method Statement ,mentioned below and
construction equipment involved in the execution of projects so as to identify the associated hazards
and the requisite risk control measures as well as mitigate the same.
• Civil Work
o Excavation : Blasting : Piling
o Shuttering - Lifting, Fixing & De-shuttering
o Reinforcement - Shifting, Stacking, Lifting
o Cement loading & Feeding :Concrete Mixer Machine & batching Plant Operation
o Concrete Lifting at Height by Winch / Bucket
o Concreting of Column, Beams and slabs
o Slip-form Concreting : Post-tensioning Work : Steel Erection
o Masonry Work :Painting Work : Structural Floor with grating
• Mechanical Work
o Heavy Duty Jacks ( Hydraulic and Screw)
o Erection of Ball Mill Shells and Kiln Shells
o Erection at Height for Pre-heater, ESP etc.
o Hand Tools.: Welding & Gas Cutting.

• Electrical Work
o Cable Laying : Penal Testing: Transformers: Switch Yards
o Electrical Equipment/Panel Erection Motors and Alternators

Risk Assessment
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 14 -nileshj Page 14 07/09/2019

Page 14
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 14 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Risk assessment is to be made on the basis of Risk Classification Matrix as given hereunder:

Severity

Likelihood 1 2 3 4 5

5 5 10 15 20 25

4 4 8 12 16 20

3 3 6 9 12 15

2 2 4 6 8 10

1 1 2 3 4 5

Risk Ranking Method

Likelihood/ Probability Example Rating


Most Likely/ Unacceptable Most likely to occur 5
Possible/ High Has a good chance of occurring and is not unusual 4

Conceivable/ Medium May occur sometime in future 3


Remote/ Low Has not been known to occur for many years 2
Inconceivable/Extremely Low Is practically impossible and has never occurred 1

Qualitative Parameters of Consequence/ Severity


Severity / Consequence Example Rating
Catastrophic Numerous fatalities, irrecoverable property damage 5
and productivity
Fatal Approximately one single fatality, major property 4
damage
Serious Non-fatal injury, permanent disability 3
Minor Disabling but not permanent disability 2
Negligible Minor abrasions, bruises, cuts, first-aid type injury 1

Guidelines for taking action on risk classification


RISK DESCRIPTION ACTION
A HIGH RISK requires immediate action as detailed in the hierarchy
15-25 High of control to control the hazard. Actions taken must be documented
on the risk assessment form including date for completion/ closure.
A MEDIUM RISK requires a planned approach to controlling hazard
5-12 Medium and may involve temporary measures which should be progressive
upgraded till low and subsequently acceptable level is reached. Action
must be documented on the risk assessment form including date for
completion/ closure.
A risk identified as LOW may be considered as negligible but should
1-4 Low be progressively brought down to acceptable level so that further
reduction may not be necessary. However, if the risk can be resolved
quickly and efficiently, control measures should be implemented and
recorded.
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 15 -nileshj Page 15 07/09/2019

Page 15
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 15 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

Samples of the JSA of many activities are available in Annexure -1.

OHSMS-4 LEGAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS

All project activities shall be undertaken in accordance with the ACL Project OH&S Manual and the
contractor’s approved OH&S Plan. The contractor shall comply with all applicable Indian Standards &
Indian statutory requirements.
These requirements are listed below but not limited to:
• The Building and other construction workers act, 1996
• The Indian Electricity Act, 2003 and Rules, 1956
• National Building Code, 2005
• The Factories Act, 1948
• The Mines Act, 1952 The Indian Boilers Act, 1923
• The Motor Vehicles Act as amended in 199 4& Central Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989.
• Indian Road Congress Code IRC: SP: 55-2001 ‘Guidelines on Safety In Road
Construction Zones.
• The Petroleum Act, 1934 and Rules, 1976: Gas Cylinder Rules, 2003
• The Indian Explosives Act, 1884, along with the Explosives substance Act, 1908 and
The Explosives Rules, 1983
• The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 and Rules, 1991
• The Minimum Wages Act, 1948 and Rules, 1950
• The Contract Labour Act, 1970 and Rules, 1971
• The Child Labour (Prohibitions & Regulations) Act, 1986 & Rules, 1950
• The Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923/ Rules, 1924
• Chemical Incidents (Emergency Planning ,Preparedness/Response) Rules, 1996
• The Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000
• Notification on Control of Noise from Diesel Generator sets, 2002
• Manufacture, Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989
• Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1989
• Hazardous Waste Management Rules, 1989 (as amended in 1999)
• The Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001/ 2010
• The Dangerous Machines (Regulation) Act, 1983/ Rules, 1984 as amended in 2007.

Notwithstanding the above Act/Rules, the contractor shall not exempt from the purview of any
other Acts or Rules applicable in the Republic of India for the safety of men and materials. If
the requirements stated in this document are less stringent than or in conflict with the
country’s applicable legislation, the latter shall prevail.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 16 -nileshj Page 16 07/09/2019

Page 16
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 16 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

OHSMS- 5 CONTRACTOR OHS MANAGEMENT, ORGANISATION & RESPONSIBILITIES

PURPOSE
This OHS Manual is intended to guide Contractors on the safe execution of the Construction of Indus-
trial ,Commercial or Residential or a combination of both in order to:
• Control all known or potential risks that would tend to create harm and/or damage to the
property .
The objectives of this program are:
• Provide a safe and healthful working environment for all employees
• Control the occurrence of occupational injuries, illnesses or damages to property & equipment.
• Promote a safety culture in the organization and influence workers acquire safer-default
behaviours.

SCOPE
This OHS PLAN outlines the project requirements for Contractor and its lower-tier subcontractors at
the site for the execution of the work.
At a minimum, this plan adheres to the applicable requirements of factories Act, Building & Other
Construction Workers Act.

Proof of Insurance

All Contractor shall be responsible for providing certificates of insurance to prove valid coverage for
Workers Compensation Insurance, vehicle insurance & a valid contractor license. Certificate of
Insurance shall be provided prior to having their workers being admitted to orientation.
Contractors will not be allowed to work on ACL property with out the required licenses & insurance
coverage in place.

Sub- Contractor relationship To Main Contractor.


To the extent that a Sub Contractor of any tier agrees to perform any part of the contract, they also
assume responsibility for complying with the standards in this part. Thus, the Main Contractor assumes
the entire responsibility under the contract & the Sub- contractor assumes responsibility with respect
to his portion of the work.

Contractors OHS Manual


The Contractor shall submit their OHS Manual to ACL, designed specially for the work which they have
been contracted. The plan shall contain safety procedure for the specific job hazard that the Contractor
plans to encounter on the project site. The Contractor must identify all the task associated with the
project & describe the risk reduction methods being taken. ACL OHS reserves the right to reject any
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 17 -nileshj Page 17 07/09/2019

Page 17
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 17 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
portion of the Project Specific plan. The main Contractor shall obtain & review the policies , procedure
of the sub contractor. The Main Contractor shall submit an organisation chart of its own & its sub
contractor to ACL.

Safety Coverage
Contractor has to deploy Experienced & qualified Site Safety Representatives on a full-time basis in all
the shifts to assist project management team in the cohesive administration of project OHS Program.
The Contractor will submit a resume & all relevant documents for their candidate for this position to
ACL for review prior to any work beginning on site. ACL reserves the right to reject any candidate they
feel is not qualified or otherwise suited for the position

Responsibilities
Project Manager/In-Charge

The Contractor Project Manager is responsible for all site safety matters and for directing administering
the HSE Plan. Specifically, the Project Manager, in close coordination with the Safety Representative
shall monitor and review the effectiveness of program implementation and he shall act as follows:
• Direct the implementation OHS Plan & assume the effectiveness in line with the requirements of
Client.
• Provide full support & trust to lower management level by enthusiastically advocating the program
and delegating responsibilities.
• Establish specific job safety rules and ensure adherence by all departments or sections taking
considerations the client special requirements.
• Continuously monitor the project's safety status and boost employee safety morale.
• Include safety in the agenda of every review meeting & give priority for safety related matters.
• Set up safety incentive programs to recognize and motivate employees.
• Initiate disciplinary actions necessary to develop a good, functioning safety program.
• Be directly involved in the planning for those operations which have a potential loss above that of
normal construction hazards.
• Ensure that accidents receive prompt investigation and reporting. Ensure that the necessary
corrective action is taken.
• Ensure on-site first aid and medical services are available for project personnel.
• Conduct pre-mobilization safety coordination meetings with sub contractors.
• Reprimand persons failing to discharge satisfactorily the safety responsibilities allocated to him.
• Set a personal example on site visits by wearing appropriate protective clothing and by following
safe procedures, practices and rules.
• Chair the safety meetings for staff to address concerns & encourage safe work methods.
• Participate in toolbox meetings, orientations and safety audits periodically.
• Ensure that each foreman/supervisor/superintendent is evaluated on his OHS performance.

Project Safety Representative

The Project Safety Representative is responsible for providing specialist advice and assistance on safety
matters for the project. He is authorized to temporarily suspend any operations, which he considers
unsafe and pose danger to lives and properties.
Specifically, he shall:
• Administer the OHS Plan with the Project Manager and renders technical assistance on safety
throughout all phases of the project.
• Review periodically the plan with the Project Execution Team to re-affirm its adequacy and
applicability to the specific tasks and its conformity to the client or contractor’s requirements.
• Coordinate safety audits, accident and incident investigations and reporting, and maintain a
central file for safety statistics of the project.
• Participate and conduct safety inspections and audits at all project locations and activities and
render reports to the Project Manager for appropriate actions.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 18 -nileshj Page 18 07/09/2019

Page 18
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 18 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• Initiate safety recommendations to the Project Execution Team to improve site safety, health,
program.
• Coordinate with the contractor on site safety activities, training programs, emergency plans, drills
and procedures.
• Prepare and submit the necessary reports relative to the project safety status or any report as
required by the contractor.
• Participate in Weekly Safety and Progress Meeting and coordinate with the front-line supervisors
in conducting the Weekly Tool Box Meetings to craftsmen.
• Coordinate/assist with other subcontractors with that safety programs to meet the specific safety
requirements.
• Evaluate the need for safety equipment to employees, first-aid, fire protection, hygiene and
sanitation etc. and ensure that all meet the minimum safety standards.
• Maintain safety promotional activities such as displaying of positive attitude safety posters, safety
signs, banners, and publication of safety letters or literature.

Construction Manager

The Construction Manager is responsible for the safe operation of construction activities and he will
assist the Project Manager in the implementation of the HSE Plan.
Specifically, he shall:
• Assume responsibility to chair the Safety Committee in the absence of the Project Manager.
• Be familiar with safety requirements of different project phase based on the scope of work.
• Coordinate the construction activities and monitor same to ensure that the work proceeds in
accordance with the safety and standard procedures.
• Conduct personal inspection and reporting of unusual conditions and practices.
• Review the project safety performance on a daily basis.
• Ensure that all supervisor, foreman & superintendent is evaluated on his safety performance.
• Create and build safety awareness among employees by holding group meeting with sub-ordinates
to discuss safety problems.

Supervisory Personnel (Supervision)

The term supervision duly refers to all supervisory personnel or site staff regardless of discipline. Often
they are the frontline supervisors. This may include the superintendents, engineers, supervisors,
general foremen, foremen or to a certain extent the headmen. They shall actively promote, support and
participate in the accident prevention program and shall coach people to attain safe behaviors.

They must:
• Be familiar with the OHS Plan & ensure that safety rules, regulations, standards & work procedures
described in the OHS Program are complied, enforced including welfare & housekeeping
responsibilities.
• Ensure that employees are given adequate training and instruction prior to work assignment; and
new employees are given the OHS orientation.
• Ensure all types of accidents/incidents are investigated, and reports rendered in accordance with
the internal system and/or ACL requirements.
• Ensure that equipments are in good operating condition and only assign tools that are safe &
workable. Make inspection of tools & equipment involved in incidents to prevent continued use of
defective items.
• Perform daily inspections & monitor field activities to ensure work areas are free of hazardous
conditions.
• Ensure that risk assessment is made for critical jobs; a job safety analysis is incorporated in any
work activity; and see that all employees are made aware of the hazards and control.
• Organize site activities in such a manner that work is carried out with minimum risk to employees,
equipment or environment.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 19 -nileshj Page 19 07/09/2019

Page 19
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 19 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• Deliver precise and clear job instructions and correct work methods.
• Make sure that suitable personal protective equipments are available and used as required.
• Coordinate with the Project Safety Engineer by acting on their recommendations.
• Comply with work permit requirements & other documentary requirements imposed by authorities.
• Restrain workers from taking unnecessary risks. Do not insist someone to do any job he is not
familiar with.
• Conduct weekly toolbox safety meetings and or daily “team talks” as necessary.
• Ensure that injured workers are immediately assisted for treatment.
• Respond promptly to any emergency. Must be familiar with site emergency plan, discuss plan with
subordinates.
• Personally set an example by adhering to all safety regulations.

Craft Employees

Craft employees shall familiarize themselves with the requirements of this plan and the rules and
regulations applied at project site.
• Use the right tools and equipment for the job; wear safety equipment and protective clothing e.g.
safety belts, helmets, glass etc.
• Regularly attend safety toolbox meetings.
• Learn and follow safe work practices - comply with the project smoking policy; keep out from all
suspended loads; use proper aisles, walkways, stairways, roads etc.; should avoid throwing tools
or any material at height; and refrain from taking short cuts on the job.
• Keep tools and equipment in good condition.
• Report defective or damaged tools and equipment including safety gears.
• Report unsafe situations.
• Be familiar with the locations of fire fighting equipment and their operation procedure.
• Report all accidents and near miss incidents immediately to foreman or supervisor.
• Get prompt treatment for injuries.
• Help new employees to learn safe work practices.
• Keep work area clean.
• Refrain from carrying out any action that would endanger himself, other workers & equipment.

Site Medical Staff

Qualified medical attendants, normally Male Nurse shall be provided at project site to render first aid
or emergency treatment for any injuries or occupational illnesses.
Medical Staff shall perform the following tasks:
• Set up an maintain a site first aid station for the duration of the project
• Administer first aid to the injured at site
• Conduct health education on prevailing topics to workers and staff
• Establish medical care plans for injured persons, including follow-up to medical cases
• Keep statistical records of all medical cases and submit a monthly report to HSE Manager
• Participate in any emergency
• Ensure that all patients receive the best possible medical treatment.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 20 -nileshj Page 20 07/09/2019

Page 20
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 20 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

OHSMS- 6 OHS TRAINING

All project personnel must undergo and successfully complete the OHS Induction course as a
prerequisite to gain credentials.

Site Awareness Training


Contractor shall provide Safety awareness training to all project employees working on the job site. To
this effect, a training schedule shall be proposed indicating the dates and relevant topics to the identified
risk factors. Project site shall develop the training package & maintains training register.

OHS Orientation
All project personnel shall be required to attend the OHS Orientation to be given and organized by the
OHS Office before commencing to work on site and also to visitors, and vendors. It shall be made sure
that every worker gets an appropriate induction prior to start of work and later on a regular basis.
Records of orientation sessions shall be kept in the Contractor’s Site Office bearing the names
&signatures of all attendees. Contractor shall affix a safety inducted sticker with their logo on the helmet
of all the personnel who have success fully under gone safety Induction.

Supervisor’s Orientation
All supervision shall attend and complete the course in addition to the basic OHS Orientation.
Orientation topics may include: risk assessment, job safety analysis, conducting tool box,
accident/incident investigations, accountability, compliance auditing, emergency procedure, OHS plan,
OHS inspection, equipment inspection, etc.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 21 -nileshj Page 21 07/09/2019

Page 21
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 21 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Specific training on various activities being carried out at project site has to be given on a regular basis as per ACL
project team recommendation.

Visitors
Visitors at site shall also be given an outline briefing of their responsibilities as contained in the formal
induction. They are given card for site rules, and they are required to wear proper personal protective
equipment and dress code & accompanied by the contractor representative.
A training register will be maintained at Site Safety Office.

Certification of Personnel
Copies of trade or skills certification will be made available at project office especially for trades like
crane operator, drivers, radiographers, scaffolding erectors, welders, first aid personnel, and others as
required .

OHSMS- 7 COMMUNICATION

Effective communications are vital in the understanding of OHS & for the success of the OHS Plan.
Contractor Management shall explore various modes of communication to channel OHS intentions,
such as the follows:
1. Print Communications i.e. publications in the form of safety letters, safety reminders, bulletin board
notice, safety alert, safety circulars, written safety instructions, safety handbooks, safety
scoreboard, etc. all in English print.
2. Ensure availability of English Staff at site to facilitate verbal communications or interpretations
with the workforce.
3. Meetings i.e. conduct and participation of daily team talks, weekly mass meeting or toolbox talks,
daily coordination meetings, HSE meetings, etc.
4. Maintain employee feedback system using various medium such as suggestion boxes, recording of
OHS concerns raised in meetings, recommendations, etc.

OHSMS- 8 OHS MEETINGS

To be able to foster the OHS program, Project Manager, the Site Safety Representative and key staff will
conduct regular safety meetings and actively participate in OHS Meetings by client.

OHS Committee Meeting (weekly)

Contractor shall establish a Site OHS Committee which shall be responsible for ensuring the
implementation of the OHS Plan, reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness of the OHS measures taken,
seeking the co-operation and commitment of staff at all levels and Fire incident and precautions. Each
Subcontractor shall appoint his HSE Representatives and Workers’ Representatives to attend the
meeting.
Daily Team Talks

Daily “team talks” shall be given at start of each shift. These will be conducted by the frontline
supervision and should address the application of safety rules and procedures to the hazards of current
work. Duration of the team talk should typically be 5 minutes, but particularly hazardous operations
may require extended team talks, for example, confined space entry, problems experienced with Permit
to Work system.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 22 -nileshj Page 22 07/09/2019

Page 22
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 22 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Weekly Tool Box

Weekly “tool box meetings” of 10-15 minutes duration will be conducted at arranged preferably every
Saturday mornings at the start of the shift, by the Subcontractor’s HSE Supervisors. Topics would be
of the various activities associated with construction & documented.
OHS AWARENESS

Every effort shall be made to improve HSE awareness of all employees on the site. The main tool for this,
are HSE training and effective communications. To enhance HSE awareness, a program of incentives
and publicity campaigns shall be introduced.

Incentives/Motivation

Monthly a committee will identify an worker & staff for adhering & following the best safety practices &
will be suitably rewarded.

Publicity

Posters, notices shall be posted in key locations around the site to maintain HSE awareness. HSE
bulletins shall be issued to inform employees about particular issues and about progress in achieving
objectives, results of inspections and investigations.

Control of Substances Hazardous to Health

Hazardous substances/materials must not be used whenever possible. A Material Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS) must be provided for every substance. MSDS must be available at site.
Relevant personal protective equipment must be provided. Persons handling such substances must have
received instructions regarding the hazards, the system of work to be adopted and the actions required
in the event of spillage and that assessments of the hazardous substances/materials have been
prepared, communicated and are freely available for inspection.

Shift Working

Hazards associated with shift work (night) shall be given particular attention:
• Levels of supervision
• Task observation and monitoring of the workforce
• Lighting conditions at the work place and access to the work place.
• Highly potential risk activities must be undertaken outside of daylight hours.(eg. NDT ).
• Provide medical coverage
• Provide HSE coverage

Pre-Start Briefing

Supervisors must organize daily pre-start briefings to respective employees before the start of every shift
work. The Supervisor in direct charge of a job fully briefs and discusses with the employees on possible
hazards arising from the work environment, work method, materials and personal protective equipment
to be used, or interface with other teams at the start of works, and prior to work. In addition, when a
work group arrived at a particular work area, Subcontractor shall ensure that workers have adequately
briefed of the following:
• Nature of the job;
• Possible and associated hazards with the work environment or interface with other teams;
• Safe working methods to be adopted;
• Materials and personal protective equipment to be used; and
• Requirements of the Permit to Work.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 23 -nileshj Page 23 07/09/2019

Page 23
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 23 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

Pre-start briefing shall be documented. In addition, managerial & supervisory staff shall participate in
a daily OHS/Project meeting and to plan and review the procedures and OHS related issues.

Records : Tool Box Talk, MOM of safety Meetings.

OHSMS- 9 AMENDMENT RECORD SHEET

Responsibility/ Authorization for incorporating any amendment in OH&S Management Systems


Document
Project OH&S Head shall be the designated person for incorporating any amendments in OH&S
Management System Document with approval from the Management Representative. Project OH&S
Head shall take the approval and maintain the record of the same.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 24 -nileshj Page 24 07/09/2019

Page 24
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 24 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Document New Document
New Signature
No. / Sheet No. / Sheet No.
Revision
No., where where changes Reasons for change(s) Project
No. Project
changes are are OH&S
Head
made incorporated Head

OHSMS- 10
OPERATION CONTROL PROCEDURE

Refer ANNEXURE – 1 to ANNEXURE – 34 pages 114 to 156

OHSMS- 11
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN

Refer SOP – 34 page 106 to 110.

OHSMS- 12
MONITORING & MEASURING PERFORMANCE

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 25 -nileshj Page 25 07/09/2019

Page 25
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 25 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Monitoring & measurement of the OHS performance is essential to maintaining and improvement of the
OHS management system. The key elements are inspections, audits, reporting & investigations.

OHS Inspections

Work areas and permits shall be inspected daily by Safety officer supervision. Any non-compliance shall
be rectified immediately.

In addition ,OHS Staff shall conduct daily inspection and any concerns identified shall be immediately
brought to the attention of the relevant In charge for appropriate action. Relevant In charge & OHS
Officer have the authority to suspend operations, if inadequate actions have been taken.
A team comprising the Project Manager, individual Subcontractors Site Managers, OHS Officer shall
conduct site OHS inspection as appropriate. Observations and actions raised during these inspections
shall be recorded and followed through to closure.
The Contractor Project Team will ensure that worksites are periodically inspected and monitored to
comply with the minimum OHS requirements. Standard inspection forms and checklists are developed
to support this program.
Responsibilities
Project Manager and Other Senior Members : Conduct Safety walk-through and formal audits to initiate
corrective actions of deficiencies and unsafe practices.

Front-line Managers (Supervisors, Engineers and Foremen) :Conduct daily inspection at areas of
responsibility and take immediate corrective actions of unsafe conditions and practices.
Project Safety Staff : Conduct regular inspection (daily patrol) and physical audit of work areas and
initiate deficiency reports to the Project Manager for immediate action.
Reporting System : All types of inspection shall be covered with a formal report addressed to the Project
Manager and/or to the concerned parties using the company standard form.

Performance Review

Performance reviews shall be held on a monthly basis . The objective of the review is to gather
information from monitoring & inspection activities and to assess the effectiveness of implementation
of OHS policy and procedures at site.

The key performance indicators are:


• Compliance with the OHS plan.
• Identification of areas not addressed in the OHS plan.
• Achievement of specified objectives.
• OHS statistics and root cause and trend analysis of the statistics.

Records : Audit Check list

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 26 -nileshj Page 26 07/09/2019

Page 26
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 26 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

OHSMS- 13 EMPLOYEE WELFARE

This section outlines the minimum requirements of the conditions of Contractor Camps and related
site facilities provided for its personnel.
Contractor is committed to the prevention of diseases and illness associated within the facilities and
to ensure that the health of employees and the general public is protected.

General Welfare

a. The site shall be well drained & shall not be located in an area subject to periodic flooding, in such
a manner as to permit contamination of a public or private water supply, nor located adjacent to
industrial sites, pipelines, stock yards or other such areas which could constitute a health or safety
hazard. A perimeter fence shall be installed around the areas of the camp.
b. The constructions of the floors, walls, ceilings, doors, windows and screens, lighting, ventilation ,
toilet, lavatory, and bathing facilities shall be according to BOCWA.
c. Potable water shall be of adequate supply. There shall be no cross-connection between the potable
water supply and any unsafe or questionable water supply, sewerage system or any source of
pollution that might contaminate or otherwise degrade the potable water supply.
d. Non-potable water supply shall be intended for fire fighting purposes only hence not for drinking,
ablution and bathing.
e. Sewerage shall be designed with emphasis on prevention of cross connections.
f. Garbage/waste of the camps shall be collected and stored in a manner to make it inaccessible to
insects and rodents. At the working areas like fabrication shop, solid or liquid waste or refuse shall
be stored in a receptacle without leak easily clearable and in a sanitary condition.
g. Solid waste collection, storage, disposal shall be in compliance to local authority to protect the public
health & welfare while preserving the quality of air, water & land.
h. Housekeeping in all areas including drainage shall be properly maintained, cleaning and sweeping
shall be done in such a manner as to minimize the contamination of air and dust.
i. Lunchrooms shall be of adequate spaces suitable for the maximum number of employees who may
use it at one time. Covered waste bins shall be provided for the disposal of all-waste food and
materials.
j. All camps and fabrication areas shall have adequate fire protection equipment and adequate fire exit
facilities with doors open outwards. There shall be at least two (2) separate means of egress so
arranged that the possibility of crowding at the point of exit is minimized.
k. Regular inspection of the camps and fabrication area shall be conducted to ensure compliance with
all the necessary requirements .

Site Sanitation

a. Adequate sanitation & welfare facilities shall be provided for the employees on the project. This
includes dining/rest room, washing facilities. Toilets, first aid room, provision & maintenance of fire
fighting equipment.
b. Drinking water shall be provided in various locations and the use of communal cups for dispensing
drinking water is prohibited.
c. Trash bins with lids shall be kept in various locations for the disposal of waste material. Large lugger
buckets shall be kept in various locations, for the disposal of waste from trash bins. These lugger
buckets shall be emptied regularly by contractor.
d. Adequate number of portable toilets and permanent toilets facilities shall be made available and these
shall be kept in sanitary condition always. Portable toilets shall be provided in work sites where
permanent facilities are not feasible. The number of portable toilets shall depend on the number of
employees and the total area of work sites or a ratio of 15:1.

Eating and Sanitary Arrangements

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 27 -nileshj Page 27 07/09/2019

Page 27
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 27 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
a. Packed lunch delivered at site shall be consumed in the designated mess hall.
b. Crew shall be provided with cold drinking water in approved containers (water jug), potable water
and cleaning detergents for washing or cleaning.
c. If eating is not allowed at site area, crew shall have their lunch in camp mess hall.
d. Separate rest shelters shall be provided to accommodate the workers during lunch break & other
natural climate changes ( Rain, high temperature during summer etc..)

First Aid Facility

Contractor shall provide a fully equipped first aid facility at worksite in accordance with Factories &
BOCWA act and in compliance to specific ACL requirements. A clinic, ambulance, and a certified male
nurse will be made available at site. The name, qualifications, and certificates of the certified nurse shall
be submitted to concerned Representative before work begins.

Outside Medical Assistance

Contractor maintains contract with outside clinic/medical institute for treatment of serious injuries
and illnesses.

S No. N Name of Hospital/Facility L Location Contact Number


1
2

OHSMS- 14 DRUG & ALCHOL REGULATIONS

The Project Management shall ensure enforcement of ACL’s substance abuse policy.

The Project Management shall remove any employees from performing works any time when there is
suspicion of alcohol or drug use, possession, or any time an incident occurs where drug or alcohol use
could be a contributing factor which Contractor will test on site. ACL has the right to require the
Subcontractor at his own expense to remove employees from performing works any time when a cause
exists to suspect alcohol or drug use.

In such cases, the Subcontractor's employee may only be considered for return to work after the
Subcontractor certifies as a result of an alcohol and drug for-cause test, conducted immediately
following removal that the said employee was in compliance with this contract.

No employee shall be allowed to perform works that either refuses to take, or tests positive in any alcohol
or drug test. In such cases, the employee will be immediately removed from the project.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 28 -nileshj Page 28 07/09/2019

Page 28
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 28 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
SAFE OPERATING PROCEDURE

S SOP - 1 GENERAL SAFETY RULES

Some of the general safety rules are listed as follows


• Report all injuries to Project Head immediately, no matter how slight they may be.
• If in doubt about the safe or proper way to do a job, talk to your Construction Project Head
/Engineer-in-charge before starting.
• Be on the alert for unsafe conditions or acts. Correct those, which you can and report the rest to
your Project Head / Engineer-in-charge immediately.
• Be familiar with your surroundings, the operations, and the locations of other personnel. Know the
emergency phone numbers and the location of first-aid kits, fire extinguishers and other emergency
equipments.
• Do not leave your work area unless your work or personal needs require it after informing the
supervisor-in-charge and with his consent.
• When you are relieved from your job that has unusual, partially, or fully concealed hazards, inform
your replacement. Be specific and make sure they understand the location and nature of the
hazards they face.
• Horseplay on the job is prohibited. Do not distract or interfere with another person who is
performing his / her job. This is when injuries can occur.
• Don’t run on the job except in an emergency. When walking through a job site, warehouse, or Shop
, be alert for tripping hazards, hoses, cables, projecting materials, and uneven walking surfaces,
and be aware of safety rules and procedures at the site. Safety rules are designed to protect you.
• Do not report for work under the influence of intoxicants, alcohol, illegal drugs, or any substance
that can affect your capability to work.
• Do not enter or allow others to enter areas, which have been barricaded.
• Wear safety harness in all elevated areas that require fall protection.

Further, the Project Site Management Team is required to ensure compliance with the following Safe
Operating procedures (SOPs):

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 29 -nileshj Page 29 07/09/2019

Page 29
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 29 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

S SOP - 2 A ACCESS CONTROL

PURPOSE
To describe the procedures and practices to be followed / implemented for allowing only authorised
people to enter the site at any of ACL projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure covers all the access control methods adopted for entry & exit of people at
all ACL Projects.

RESPONSIBILITY
All supervisors, Engineers. Departments heads of various departments are responsible for maintaining
a list of the people working under them & passing to security department who in turn are responsible .
Overall responsibility lies with Project Head.

ACCESS CONTROL

Human Access –

• All personnel working at the site will be initially given induction in OH&S and, wherever further
required, training explaining the nature of the work, the hazards that may be encountered during the
site work and the particular hazards attached to their own function within the operation. All employees
shall be receive a photo identity card duly signed by the authorized representative of ACL before they
are engaged for any work.

• Visitors

Visitors must be frisked at the gate by ACL’s representative or Security Staff and issued gate pass before
they are allowed to enter the premises and would be required to move through the passage duly approved
for the purpose to reach the site offices. Furthermore, visitors have undergone safety induction and, if
authorized, be accompanied at all times by permanent site staff, if the visitor has to move into hard hat
area.

Machinery Access:

All plant and machinery to be checked and certified by ACL Staff prior to enter inside the factory
premises. Any modification, rectification recommended by ACL Staff, has to be attended outside the
premises.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 30 -nileshj Page 30 07/09/2019

Page 30
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 30 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP - 3 HOUSEKEEPING

PURPOSE

To describe the procedures and practices to be followed / implemented while maintaining good house
keeping at any of ACL projects.

SCOPE

The scope of this procedure covers all the house keeping methods adopted for executing various
activities at all ACL Projects.

RESPONSIBILITY

All supervisors, Engineers. Departments heads of various departments are responsible for maintaining
proper house keeping at the project. Overall responsibility lies with Project Head.

PROCEDURE

• Maintain good housekeeping at all times and keep aisles, walkways, floors, and working areas clean
and free of obstructions, slip hazards, and trip hazards.
• Maintain good housekeeping standards which is free from loose material which can fall, more so
from elevated work platforms. Throwing of debris from height shall be strictly prohibited.
• Keep access to emergency exits, fire extinguishers, fire hose stations, and other emergency response
equipment clear at all times.
• Keep a reasonable degree of order by properly disposing of accumulated rubbish and waste material
in the specified waste bins (biodegradable, non-degradable, hazardous wastes) and label them
accordingly.
• Start cleanup of the area upon completion of any work or as deemed necessary by the Employer’s
requirement.
• Scrap, trash, and other wastes should be placed in designated containers.
• Scraps and trash shall be cleared off daily. Work areas need to be cleaned up as the job progresses.
Cords and hoses are to be routed, preferably overhead, in a manner that will not present a tripping
hazard. All materials, tools, and equipment should be stored in a stable position (tied, stacked, or
chocked) to prevent rolling or falling. Safe access to all work areas and emergency exits shall be
maintained.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 31 -nileshj Page 31 07/09/2019

Page 31
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 31 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP- 4 TRANSPORTATION & TRAFFIC PLAN

EQUIPMENTS, VEHICLES & TRAFFIC SAFETY


PURPOSE
To describe the procedures and practices to be followed / implemented while making use of various
equipments and vehicles at any of ACL projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure covers all the equipments and vehicles used for executing various activities
at all ACL Projects.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned mechanical operator / maintenance engineer is responsible for ensuring proper
maintenance of equipments and vehicles. The commercial department in coordination with the security
is responsible for checking of the vehicles documents & ensuring that traffic rules & regulations are
adhered too. Overall responsibility lies with Project Head.

PROCEDURE

The following needs to be taken care of:


➢ Driver with proper valid driving license shall only be allowed to drive the vehicle.
➢ Workers on site must adhere to speed restrictions.(Responsibility: Security Personnel /
Concerned Project Head in coordination with Admin Dept)
➢ Maximum Speed limit in the site should be 20km/hr.
➢ No one will be allowed to seat, sleep, cook, rest or eat under any vehicle and machinery.
This section outlines the transportation and traffic plan requirements at site.

General Requirements
Contractor ensures that personnel are transported in approved passenger vehicles with seats like
buses, cars, etc. The use of seat belts especially for the drivers and front seat passengers is a
mandatory requirement within ACL premises.

Movement of Vehicle in the Plant


Site traffic shall form part of the entire site layout and the plan shall merit approval of
Authority/Consultant Representative. Access routes, exits, and parking shall be clearly defined in the
plan. Standard traffic signs & regulatory signs must be posted as necessary.
a. All motor vehicles operating within ACL facilities should be in good operating
conditions and shall comply with RTO Regulations
b. Drivers of vehicles coming in and out of ACL gates or facilities shall stop and submit for security
checks by security authorities.
d. Drivers shall possess valid drivers license operations certificates.
e. Only qualified drivers and operators are allowed to operate motor vehicles driver
is responsible to ensure that his vehicle is in safe operating conditions.
f. Traffic regulation signs and instructions posted’ shall be observed at all times.
g. Every vehicle/equipment operator shall bring his unit to a complete stop when approaching
intersections and proceed forward on clear traffic.
h. Speed limits signs shall not be exceeded except during emergency for emergency response
vehicles (fire tenders, ambulance).
i. Drivers shall not leave their vehicles with engines running unless the ignition key is turn off and
parking brake is engaged.
j. All drivers, including front-seat passengers shall wear seat belts when operating motor vehicles.
Horn shall be used only during emergency.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 32 -nileshj Page 32 07/09/2019

Page 32
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 32 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
k. Drivers shall give right of way to any emergency vehicles.
l. All vehicle accident shall be reported to ACL authorities.
m. Tools and materials carried in trucks, pick-up or trailer beds must be secured.
n. Materials, which extend over the side or ends of the vehicle, shall carry a visible warning flag. Over
loading is totally prohibited.
o. It is prohibited to carry passengers at the near of pick-ups or on truck beds.
p. Employees shall not mount or dismount from moving vehicles or equipment.
q. Suitable warning signs or barricades shall be installed in road works to warn motorists on the
presence of workers. In case of extensive operations on roadways, traffic control persons or flagmen
wearing green/bright colour dress shall be posted to direct the flow of traffic.
r. Where vehicles/equipments are operating in close proximity to excavations, to other equipments
near the workers, a signal person shall be assigned.
s. All personnel shall be instructed in the observance of plant site traffic rules.
t. All vehicles shall be fitted with audible & visible reverse alarms

Transport of Heavy Equipment


Transportation of heavy equipment from the manufacturer/ supplier to the projects will be escorted
with a special crew by means of providing an advance escort vehicle that is equipped with a beacon
light. All pertinent clearances or permits necessary for the transportation of heavy equipment, as
necessary shall be obtained from the authorized parties or agencies.
Towing of equipment such as compressors, welding machines, etc. shall be performed with a tow vehicle
with complete accessories such as safety pins, safety chains, shackles and brakes/indicator lights.
Hydra shall be used to shift material to a maximum of 10 meters & tandem lift is allowed using an
hydra.

RECORDS

Checklist for equipments, signage and traffic


Vehicle documents, Safety Induction. Defensive Driving Training record

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 33 -nileshj Page 33 07/09/2019

Page 33
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 33 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP - 5 DEMOLITION

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure, practices and precautions to be followed while demolition for executing
work in any of ACL projects

SCOPE

The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL projects which require demolition to
execute work.

RESPONSIBILITY

The concerned mechanical operator / maintenance engineer & Civil Supervisor & Civil Engineer is
responsible for ensuring proper precautions are followed during demolition. Overall responsibility lies
with Project Head.

PROCEDURE

Planning
• Hazard Identification Risk assessment and control exercise shall be conducted before any
demolition activity is to be carried out.
• Method statement to be prepared & submitted to ACL Project Head who will approve the same.
• Work permit will be taken prior to commencement of the demolition activity.
• A definite plan of procedure for the demolition work, depending upon the manner, in which the
loads of the various structural parts are supported, shall be prepared and approved by the engineer
in-charge and this shall be followed as closely as possible, in actual execution of the demolition
work. Before commencement of each stage of demolition, the supervisor shall brief the workmen in
detail regarding the safety aspects to be kept in view.
• It shall be ensured that the demolition operations do not, at any stage, endanger the safety of the
adjoining buildings. Moreover, the nuisance effect of the demolishing work on the use of the
adjacent buildings should be kept to the minimum.
• No structure/ part of the structure or floor or temporary support/ scaffold, side wall or any device
for equipment shall be loaded in excess of the safe carrying capacity, in its then existing condition.
• No demolition work should be carried out at night especially when the building or structure to be
demolished is in an inhabited area.
• No demolition work shall be carried out during storm and heavy rain.
• A warning device to be installed in the area to warn the workers in case of any danger.
• Construction sheds and toolboxes should be so located as to protect workers from areas of the
falling debris to avoid injuries to users.
• Screens to be placed, where necessary, to prevent flying pieces & injuring workers.
When some work is to be done at the lower level, adequate protection shall be provided for all the
workmen so engaged.
• All necessary PPEs to be worn as per the requirements of the job..
• First-aid equipment shall be kept available at all demolition works of any magnitude.
• When there is a possibility of fire, appropriate first-aid fire appliances shall be kept at hand.
• Debris to be disposed from higher levels through Debris Chutes.

RECORDS ; Work Permit , Check list for Demolition ,Check list for machinery.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 34 -nileshj Page 34 07/09/2019

Page 34
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 34 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP - 6 EXCAVATION/ TRENCHING

PURPOSE

To describe the procedure, practices and precautions to be followed while excavating/trenching for
executing work in any of ACL projects

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes various trenching and excavation operations at all ACL Projects.

RESPONSIBILITY

The concerned site civil supervisor / engineer / block in charge are responsible for ensuring proper
precautions are followed during excavation & mechanical/maintenance Engineer is responsible for
the machinery safety. Overall responsibility lies with Project Head.

POROCEDURE
An unstable trench or excavation can collapse, killing or injuring workers by suffocation or crushing
when a worker is buried by falling soil. Trench stability is affected by a number of factors such as:
o soil type , weather , moisture ,vibration
o surcharge (excessive weight near the trench)
o time duration of excavation/ trenching
o existing foundations, and previous excavation.
Provide competent personnel for excavations. For any excavation greater than one meter in depth, the
sides shall be protected from cave-ins by adequate shoring, benching or sloping.
Competent person must inspect all excavations, shoring, benching and sloping before any personnel
enter excavation.

General guidelines
• Ground Conditions: In the place, where excavation is to be made, the type of soil and the ground
water table level shall be identified before commencing excavation.
• Surface Water: Surface ditches, streams etc. (if any) shall be diverted before commencing the
excavation.
• Ground water: In case of presence of ground water at the level of excavation, dewatering shall be
done.
• Underground Utilities: Complete information on the underground structures (such as water
pipelines, sewers, gas mains, electrical conduit system and other civic facilities) is essential before
doing the excavation work. Proper precautions shall be taken to prevent accident to the workmen
engaged in excavation work and calamities for the general public. Excavation Permits shall be
obtained if underground facilities exist or the excavation is done in the proximity of a structure.
• Existing Structures: No excavation or earthwork below the level of any foundation of building or
structure shall be commenced or continued unless adequate steps are taken to prevent danger to
any person employed, from collapse of the structure or excessive settlement, which is detrimental
to structure. Foundations, adjacent to & below which excavation is to be made, to be supported by
shoring, as long as the trench remains open.
• Undercutting/ Cave-in: Borrowing or mining shall not be allowed. In any trench where such
methods have been followed, the cavities left shall be eliminated by cutting back the bank slope
before removing any further material from the section of the trench or movement of any heavy
vehicle or crane operation.

SHORING AND TIMBERING


Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 35 -nileshj Page 35 07/09/2019

Page 35
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 35 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

General
o All trenches in soil more than 1.5m deep shall be securely shored and timbered depending upon
the type of soil and water table.
o All trenches in friable or unstable rock exceeding 2m in depth shall be securely shored and
timbered.
o Vertical sides of shoring shall extend at least 30 cm above the excavated pit.
o When open spaced sheathing is used, a toe board shall be provided to prevent material rolling down
the slope and falling into the trench.
o Shoring and timbering shall be carried along with the opening of a trench but when conditions
permit, protection work, such as Sheet Piling may be done before the excavation commences.

Composition of Materials

o Approved quality of Sal Wood shall be used for shoring and timbering a trench.
o Any other structural material having strength greater than that of Sal Wood may also be used for
the purpose.

Shoring

o Sheathing shall be placed against the side of the trench so that the length of each piece of sheathing
is vertical. The sheathing shall be held securely in place against the wales by ensuring that
sheathing is kept firmly pressed against the wall of the trench. Where the trench is excavated in
loose sandy or soft soil or soil which has been previously excavated or soil which is under
hydrostatic pressure, each piece of sheathing shall be driven into the bottom of the trench so as to
be firmly held in place.
o Where two or more pieces of sheathing are used one above another, the sheathing shall be so
arranged so that the lower pieces of sheathing over-lap the lowest wale’s supporting the pieces of
sheathing next above it. These pieces of sheathing shall be firmly driven into the soil and securely
supported by wale’s and struts, as the trench is made deeper.
o The wale’s shall be parallel to the bottom or the proposed bottom of the trench.
o Each wale shall be supported on cleats spiked to the sheathing or by posts set on the wale’s next
below it and in the case of lowest wale on the bottom of the trench itself. Where necessary,
o wedges may be provided between a wale and the sheathing it supports so that roughly uniform
support is given to all individual pieces of sheathing.
o Struts shall be horizontal and at right angles to the wale’s or sheathing supported thereby. Struts
shall be cut to the proper length required to fit in tightly between the wale’s. Where necessary, the
struts shall be held securely in place by wedges, driven between the struts and the wale’s.
o Struts shall be placed on cleats spiked or bolted to posts supporting wale’s.
o To be ensured that no nails protrude out of wooden planks to cause any injury.
Where there is a problem of high water table head, suitable safety measures shall be taken up to
solve water related problems. Sheet piling or dewatering by shallow well pumping may be considered.

RECORDS :Work Permit , Check list for Excavation ,Check list for Machinery, Tool Box Talk Record.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 36 -nileshj Page 36 07/09/2019

Page 36
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 36 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP - 7 TUNNELLING

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure, practices and precautions to be followed while doing tunnelling or shaft
excavation for executing work in any of ACL projects

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure lays down the safety requirements for tunnelling and underground
excavations. The works involved in tunnelling is of a specialized and hazardous in nature. Cramped
working space in the heading, wet and slippery flooring, artificial lighting – all too often inadequate,
difficult ventilation, obnoxious gases, unseen weakness in the rock, handling of explosives, leading and
hauling muck, etc. might contribute to accidents. In order to avoid hazards, it is necessary to follow all
possible safety precautions of the use of machinery, electrical installations and labour in tunnels, during
the construction period includes various trenching and excavation operations at all ACL Projects.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned site civil supervisor / engineer / block in charge are responsible for ensuring proper
precautions are followed during excavation & mechanical/maintenance Engineer is responsible for
the machinery safety. Overall responsibility lies with Project Head.
• All operations inside the tunnel or shaft shall be carried out under the immediate charge of a
competent engineer in charge. The engineer in charge shall also be responsible for the safety
arrangement of the work. In larger jobs these responsibilities and function in respect of safety
arrangements may be delegated to an independent qualified and competent safety officer working
under the overall control of the engineer in charge. Periodically meetings shall be conducted to
review the effectiveness of safety measures.
• Workmen shall be thoroughly instructed in safety rules and shall be required to follow them at all
times. They shall be required to report immediately any unsafe conditions observed.
• The engineer in charge appointed to look after the tunneling work may also take the guidance about
the bad reaches expected to be met in the tunnel from the geologists so that necessary safety
measures could be adopted.
• Where the geological data collected so warrants advance probe holes by percussion or core drilling,
as required, shall be drilled ahead of the tunnel faces to locate any gas, flowing mass of rock,
aquiferous strata, geological disturbances, etc. In case presence of gases like methane is detected,
further tunneling work shall be stopped and the advice of Director General Mines Safety (DGMS)
shall be sought about the supervising personnel to be entertained and additional safety precautions
necessary.
• If the geological data collected and information from other sources indicate presence or likelihood
of gases like methane, advice of DGMS shall be sought about supervising personnel to be
entertained and additional safety precautions necessary.
• The occurrence of any accident, involving personal injury or of any dangerous incident, such as
serious break-down of or damage to any apparatus / equipment shall be reported to the supervisory
staff / officers and adequate precautionary measures shall be taken by the engineer-
in-charge to prevent recurrence. An accurate record of such accidents shall be properly maintained.
Probable reasons of accidents shall be investigated and precautionary measures taken to avoid
further recurrence.

MEDICAL AND OTHER FACILITIES


First-Aid Arrangements: Arrangements for rendering prompt and adequate first-aid to the injured
persons shall be maintained at every work site under the guidance of a medical officer-in-charge of the
project. Depending upon the magnitude of the work the availability of an ambulance at a very short
notice (at telephone call) shall be ensured. Where there are more than 50 persons working in a shift,
effective artificial respiration arrangements shall be provided, with trained men capable of providing
artificial respiration.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 37 -nileshj Page 37 07/09/2019

Page 37
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 37 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Procedure:
Under Ground Excavation
Drilling Equipment:
• All drilling equipment shall be kept in good working order. Safe handling and proper lifting methods
shall be used. Only wet drilling shall be permitted
• Jumbos or other drill platforms shall be carefully designed, built and maintained to provide safe
working conditions. The jumbo should be provided with a suitable railing around the top deck.
• Drilling shall not be resumed after blasts have been fired until a through examination has been
made by blasting foremen (head blaster) to make sure that there are no misfired charges which the
drill may strike.
• Jumbos or other drill platforms shall be carefully designed, built and maintained to provide safe
working conditions. The jumbo should be provided with a suitable railing around the top deck.
• All holes shall be of slightly greater diameter than the diameter of cartridges of explosives used.
• A drill, pick or bore shall not be inserted in butts of old holes even if examination fails to disclose
explosives; separate holes shall be so drilled as to be nowhere less than 30 cm clear distance away
from the previous hole.
• Charging of drilled holes and drilling shall not be carried out simultaneously in the same area by
using non-electric detonation
• Only such explosives as produce less than 4530 ml of poisonous gas (carbon monoxide and
hydrogen sulphide ) per 3x20 cm cartridge shall be used for underground blasting work.

SHAFT EXCAVATION:

Head Frame -The head frame (including hoists, cables, etc) shall preferably of steel structure and
properly designed with sufficient head room and strong enough for possible overload and impact due
sudden drops.

Hoisting Equipment- It shall be thoroughly inspected at least once week and maintained in first class
condition. Suitable standby power supply arrangement or alternate means of working the hoist
mechanically (see IS: 807, Code of practice for design, manufacture erection and testing of cranes &
hoists) shall be provided. A limit switch and a non-failing automatic brake shall be provided on the ho
to control speed

There shall be a fencing round the shaft opening at least 90 cm high and it shall comprise two rail
guards and also a toe board, 15 cm high to prevent material from failing in. The gate, provided there,
shall be closed except when used for entering or leaving the shaft or emptying the buckets. The gate
should preferably be automatic.
Access Through Shafts - Persons shall not be lowered or raised bucket used for mucking
a special cage or a bucket shall be used for lowering or raising personnel during the sinking of a shaft.

For emergency use strong ladder made out of wire rope shall be provided on one side of the shaft. After
the shaft is sunk, a suitable arrangement for the workmen shall be made in the shaft for access to the
shaft and the tunnel.
Signals - Reliable means of communications, such as bells or whistles shall be maintained at all times
between the bottom of the shaft a the surface and telephone used, whenever possible.

WATER HANDLING

• A study of boring data and geological formations shall be made have an indication of locations,
where water can be expected.
• Water inflow may be reduced or even entirely stopped by grouting off the wet seams. A wet area
covering more than a single seam shall scale off by installing a suitable section of concrete lining.
• In case of a steady flow of water from the roof or side of the tunnel the flow shall be deflected down
the sides to sumps by metal shields.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 38 -nileshj Page 38 07/09/2019

Page 38
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 38 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• The number of pumps provided at site shall be 50 percent more than the requirements calculated
on the basis of the estimated pumping needs or at least one whichever is more.
• In case of steeply inclined tunnels steps shall be provided for quick exit in case of failure or haulage.
• Gutters and sumps shall be kept clean. Suitable arrangement shall be made to indicate the position
of sumps in case tunnel invert is flooded.

SCALING AND MUCKING

• Scaling: After blasting inside a tunnel or a shaft scaling shall not commence unless the roof and
walls of the tunnel and sides of the shaft are carefully inspected by a tunnel foreman.
• Scaling shall be performed only by the experienced crews under the direct supervision of a
competent supervisor.
• If the structure of the rock is weak, poor or structurally defective it shall be adequately supported
by providing either rock bolts or timber or steel supports with proper lagging and back filling and
or by shot creting. Also, if the tunnel excavation is in clay, slit, sand or work layers, the strata shall
be supported by well designed members either of wood or steel immediately before further
excavation is undertaken. The construction of concrete lining wherever provided for these purposes
should follow closely the excavation operations. There should not be a prolonged time interval
between the two operations as the risk of accident increases with such delays.
• For tunneling in soft strata, the provision of IS: 5778-Part III (Code of practice for construction of
tunnels) shall be followed in respect of quick supporting of such strata
• Periodical Inspections: More accidents in tunneling result from rock falls than from any other cause.
Except for premature explosions, rock falls are also perhaps the most serious of all tunnel accidents
• Careful and frequent inspection of walls and roofs as well as of tunnel supports shall be carried
out. Through scaling of loose rocks at all weak spots are the best preventives against the rock falls.
Periodic inspection of un-timbered sections of the tunnel from a travelling scaling platform shall be
carried out for locating weak spots. Supported sections shall also be inspected regularly to ensure
that the weakness of the formation has not spread beyond the supports. Loosened rock shall be
supported / removed forthwith. All supports shall be checked occasionally to make sure that there
is no member under distress. All scaling platforms shall be equipped with sat ladders
• Mucking -The loading zones shall be well lighted and workmen shall be kept away from the vicinity
of the cars being loaded to prevent injury due to rock falling off the car.
• Loading of muck into either cars or dumpers shall be done evenly; the muck shall not be piled
dangerously high above the sides
• Rolling Stock Track - As far as possible, electric power shall preferably be used. Whenever diesel
engines are used, they shall b provided with suitable filters, scrubbers, etc, to remove all carbon
monoxide and oxides of nitrogen, etc. Petrol engines shall not b used.
• Use of rolling equipment with link couplers shall not be permitted Rocker or cradle type dump cars
shall be provided with a positive type lock to prevent dumping in mucking yards.
• The trolley tracks shall be properly laid with points, crossings at junctions and adequately
maintained.
• At each end of the track suitable blocks or buffers shall be provided
• Dead man switches or other installation necessary shall be provided check accidents occurring due
to runway muck cars.
• Trains shall be operated with care and at a speed under control of the operator at all times. If the
locomotive is pushing a string of cars, man shall ride in the front equipped with a whistle and a flash
light for warning men along the track and signaling the locomotive operator.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 39 -nileshj Page 39 07/09/2019

Page 39
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 39 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• Every locomotive shall have a head light on each end. It shall I equipped with a whistle or horn with
a tone of sufficient volume to I heard by men along the track when the air drills are working
• The crew, working tip wagons on trolley tracks shall be given whistle, so that they call announce
the movement of tip wagon by blowing the whistles.
• A shovel shall never be left unattended with engine running brakes not set. When it is necessary to
park it on a sloping ground shall be securely blocked. The operator while leaving the machine shall
remove ignition key and keep with him or hand it over to such a responsible person so that the
machine cannot be operated unauthorized person.
• Transport of Material. Cars carrying pipe, rail and timber shall properly loaded for safe passage
through the tunnel. The load shall be kept within the side limits for the car. Loads projecting over
the sides are dangerous to men working in the tunnel. If wide loads are transported, a special care
shall be ensured in the operation of the train with ample warning to the workmen along the track
to ensure a safe journey.
• Transport of Employees- No one shall be allowed to ride on front steps of a loco or on a coupling.
None other than trainmen shall ride the dump care in going to and from work at change of shift or
at any other time. A safe and smooth walkway system shall be provided for pedestrians

VENTILATION

Necessity - The purpose of ventilation in tunnels is to make the working space safe for workers by
keeping the air fresh and by eliminating harmful and obnoxious dust, dynamite fumes and other gases.

Mechanical ventilation shall be adopted where necessary to force the air in or exhaust the air out from
the working face to the portal through a pipe to achieve the safety as given below.

Purity Requirements: The ventilation is required to remove polluted air, gases and smoke produced by
explosives, dust formed by the disintegration of rock, exhaust gases from the diesel operated equipment
like locomotives, dumpers, trucks, shovels, etc, and also to ensure temperatures of not more than 400
C dry 29° C wet at the working place
The concentration of various gases in atmosphere inside the tunnel by volume shall be as follows:
Oxygen - not less than 19.5 percent
Carbon monoxide -not more than 0.005 percent
Carbon dioxide -not more than 0.5 percent
Nitrogen fumes - not more than 0.0005 percent.
Methane- not more than 0.5 percent at any place inside the tunnel, ex- in a cavity in the roof, etc
Hydrogen sulphide- not more than 0.001 percent
Aldehyde - as formaldehyde not more than 0.001 percent

Testing- The tests shall be carried out once every 24 hours but in any after every blast or a major rock-
fall. In case any of the gases mentioned in 7.15.4 are detected to have crossed the threshold value
indicated therein, the workmen shall be withdrawn immediately till the percentage is brought down well
below the threshold value by improving the ventilation or by other effective measures.
Records for the tests of gases as also for temperature measurements and ventilation measurements
shall be properly maintained.

Dust Control- Adequate steps shall be taken to prevent the liberation, accumulation and the propagation
of air-borne dust. Only wet drilling shall be permitted inside the tunnel and other underground works.
Besides wet drilling there shall be adequate ventilation for dust control and periodical medical check up
of the workers, working in the tunnel shall be done to check up their physical fitness. Such check shall
be at least once in three months and the results recorded in the registers provided for the purpose

The air-borne dust concentration at the working face shall be tested once a month and if the air-borne
concentration of total dust exceeds 10 mg Im3 ventilation shall be adequately improved. If required
water spraying of the air-bore dust will be resorted to.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 40 -nileshj Page 40 07/09/2019

Page 40
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 40 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Note- It is assumed that the air-borne dust is mainly nuisance dust containing not more than 1 percent
face silica and also does not contain other toxic impurities.

Volume of Air Required: Ventilation and exhaust system for tunnel and shaft excavation shall be of
sufficient capacity to maintain an adequate supply of uncontaminated pure air at all points in the tunnel
or shaft. The design of ventilation system shall provide for size and design of diesel engines to be used
as well as for safe hygienic limits for exposure of employees to the multiple toxic and objectionable gases
in the tunnel or shaft.
The volume of air required shall depend on the following:
Length of heading,
Size of tunnel,
Type and amount of explosives used,
Frequency of blasting, and Temperature and humidity

On tunnel work 4.25 m3 of air/min/man is usually considered the minimum requirement. In addition
to this 2.00 m3 of air/ min shall be supplied for such brake horsepower of diesel locomotive or other
diesel engine used in the tunnel. Where the temperature is high or heavy blasting is resorted to suitably
augmented volume of air shall be provided.

BLASTING( handling & storage of Explosive refer SOP- for Blasting)

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS AND LIGHTING

The entire electrical installation shall be carried out according to the existing Indian Electricity Rules as
modified from time to time.(Also refer Electrical System SOP-9 )

Lighting: Adequate lighting shall be provided at the face and at any other point where work is in progress,
at equipment installations, such as pumps, fans and transformers. A minimum of 50 lux shall be
provided at tunnel and shaft headings during drilling, mucking and scaling. When mucking is done by
tipping wagons running on trolley tracks a minimum of 30 lux shall be provided for efficient and safe
working. The lighting in general in any area inside the tunnel or outside an approach road, etc. shall
not be less than 10 lux.

Emergency lights (battery operated) shall be installed at the working faces and at intervals along the
tunnel to help escape of workmen in case of accidents. All supervisors and gang-mates shall be provided
with cap lamps or hand torches. It shall be ensured that at least one cap lamp or hand torch is provided
for every batch of 10 people.

Use of Hand Lamps Underground – Hand lamps shall be:


Equipped with strong cover of glass or other transparent material, dust and waterproof, Equipped with
a strong and guard over the cover and, The exterior of all lamp sockets shall be non-metallic.

Telephone lines shall be laid on the opposite of the electric side in the tunnel. No blasting line shall
preferably be laid within 3m of the light and power line; its distance from a telephone line being
immaterial so long as insulation can be ensured.

Voltage for lighting in a tunnel should be 125V between phases as specified for underground lighting in
terms of Rule 118 (c) of Indian Electricity Rules, 1956

MISCELLANEOUS:

• Only the materials required for work in progress shall be kept inside the tunnel. All other materials
shall be as even as possible and without any obstacles to enable the workers to get out of the tunnel
quickly in case there is any collapse or any other mishap inside the tunnel.
• All storage handling and use of flammable liquids shall be under the supervision of qualified
persons. Flammable liquids shall not be stored inside the tunnel.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 41 -nileshj Page 41 07/09/2019

Page 41
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 41 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• All sources of ignition shall be prohibited in areas where flammable liquids are stored, handled and
processed. Suitable warning and “NO SMOKING” signs shall be posted in all such places.
Receptacles containing flammable liquids shall be stacked in such a manner as to permit free
passage of air between them.
• Fire extinguishers/ buckets appropriate to the hazard should be conveniently located & identified.
• Telephone system – A telephone system shall be provided to ensure a positive and quick method of
communication between all control locations inside tunnel and portal of the tunnels when longer
than 500 m and for shafts when longer than 50 mtrs
• Warning signals – Irrespective of length and bends in the tunnel, arrangements shall be made for
transmitting of warning signals by any one of the following means:
By electrically operated bells, operated by battery / dry cells with the bell placed outside the tunnel
and the position of the switch shifting with the progress of the tunnelling work. The position of the
operating switch although temporary shall be so chosen as to ensure proper accessibility and easy
identification.
By the use of two field (magnet type) telephone.
Any other suitable arrangement like walkie talkie
Up to 100m length of the tunnel only one of the systems mentioned above shall be provided whereas
in tunnels of length more than 100 m at least two systems shall be installed; the wires running
along opposite sides of the tunnel, if practicable.
Red and green lights of adequate size and brightness shall be provided at suitable intervals on
straight lengths and curves, cross over points, etc. to regulate the construction traffic.
In all the cases as above the system(s) shall be subject to daily checks regarding proper
serviceability. The checks shall be carried out every day immediately prior to the commencement of
the tunnelling work under the supervision of a responsible person.

RECORDS : Work Permit, JSA, Check list.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 42 -nileshj Page 42 07/09/2019

Page 42
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 42 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP - 8 BLASTING

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure, practices and precautions to be followed while blasting for executing
work in any of ACL projects

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL projects which require blasting to
execute work.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned site supervisor / engineer / block in charge are responsible for ensuring necessary
precautions are taken while executing work using blasting. Overall responsibility lies with Project
in charge.

PROCEDURE
• Obtain permission from the concerned authorities about the time & place of the blasting operation.
• Calculation of charges with particulars of explosives should be worked out as per the specifications
of Govt. specified norms.
• Suitable measures like providing steel mesh & sand bags should be placed over the charge to control
the flying pieces & fragments.
• A proper magazine building should be there for separate storage of dynamite, fuses and detonators.
• The blasting operation should be carried by an authorized supervisor only.
• If a hole has been detected misfired, no activity should be carried out around the hole, till it is
carefully recharged & fired with all precautions.
• A proper record should be maintained for the consumption of explosives, fuses and detonators.
• Electric firing shall be done by an approved method. A departure from this may be permitted only
with the specific approval of the engineer- in-charge.
• No material other than clay sticks 25 mm dia and 10 cm long shall be used for blinding and sealing
the holes after charging the same.
• Before use each and every electric detonator shall be tested for a positive test with the help of an
ohm-meter. Before shot firing, the circuit shall be tested for insulation and for continuity
• Before a shot is fired in an underground working place due warning shall be given to persons within
330 m in all directions and every entrance to the place where a shot is about to be fired shall be
guarded so as to present any person, not having received warning from placing himself in dangerous
proximity to the shot.
• Approved electrical detonators of known characteristics shall be used for blasting.
• In case electric power is used for blasting, a separate safety switch shall be used and the safety
switch shall be kept in closed locked box, the key of which shall be kept with the blaster. A fuse
shall be provided to be replaced every time a blasting is done.
• In case the exploder is used the revolving handle of the exploder shall be in the custody of the
blasting foreman to prevent anybody else firing the shot when the blasting foreman and other
persons are inside.
• Stray currents may cause fatalities while loading and utmost care shall be taken in removing all
faults from electrical circuits.
• Electric power, light and other circuits in the vicinity within 70m of the loading points shall be
switched off after charging the explosive and before the blasting operation starts. Power supply is
to be switched on only after the blasted area has been properly inspected by the blasting foreman
for misfires.
• The heading shall be properly lighted with the electric flood lights before and after blasting.
• Only one cartridge shall be inserted at a time and gently pressed with tampering rod.

INSPECTION
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 43 -nileshj Page 43 07/09/2019

Page 43
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 43 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

Immediately after a blast has been fired, the firing line shall be disconnected from the blasting machine
or other source of power. When at least 5 minutes have passed after the blast was fired, a careful
inspection of the face shall be made by the blaster to determine if all charges have been exploded.
Electric blasting misfires shall not be examined for at least 15 minutes after failure to explode. Other
persons shall not be allowed to return to the area of blast until an 'ALL CLEAR' signal is given by the
blasting foreman.

All wires shall be carefully traced and search made for any exploded cartridge by the man-in-charge
of the blasting operation. Sufficient time shall be given for the fumes to clear before permitting the
labour to work for mucking operations.

Loose pieces of rock and other debris shall be scaled down from the sides of the face of excavation and
the area made safe before proceeding with the work

Misfires: Misfired holes shall be dealt with by the blaster preferably by the same person who had done
the charging operations.

If broken wires, faulty connections, or short-circuits are determined as the cause of a misfire, the
proper repairs shall be made, the firing line reconnected and the charge fired. This shall be done,
however, only after a careful inspection has been made of burdens remaining in such holes and no
hole shall be fired when the burden has been dangerously weakened by other shots
The charge of explosives from a misfired hole shall not' be drilled, bored or picked out.

HANDLING & STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVE

Explosives and detonators shall be placed in separate insulated carriers, whether carried by persons
or conveyed mechanically and an attendant shall ride with the explosives being conveyed mechanically
on slopes in shafts or in underground work areas. For carrying explosives mechanically, prior
permission of Chief Inspector of Explosives shall be obtained

Insulated containers, used for carrying explosives or detonators shall be constructed of finished wood
(not less than 5 cm thick) or plastic (not less than 6mm thick) or pressed fiber (not less than 10 mm
thick). There shall be no metal parts not even nails, screws, bolts, etc. and it shall be waterproof and
provided with lid. The container shall be provided canvas handle or a strap. For use of plastics in the
container for carrying explosives, prior permission of Chief Inspector of explosives shall be obtained

Explosives and detonators shall be transported in separate insulated containers, and in separate
compartment where rope or locomotive haulage is used. Cars shall not have metal parts exposed on
the inside. They shall have an open space of 45 cm between explosive and detonator compartments
and nothing shall ever be carried in that space. The car body and compartments shall be made of
plank not less than 5 cm thick. Doors for the explosive and detonator shall open on opposite sides of
the car and kept locked except when loading or unloading. Explosives or detonators may be
transported in ordinary cars, if they are placed in separate insulated carriers or compartments or
containers.

Cars used for transportation of explosives shall not be loaded beyond their rated capacity and
explosives shall be so secured to prevent shifting of load or dislodgment from car in transit.
All cars transporting explosives shall be marked or placarded on both sides and ends with word
'Explosives' and provided with two red flags and during night by two red lights. Cars transporting
explosives shall be equipped with at least two fire extinguishers.

Explosives and detonators shall be brought to the working places in separate, tight, well-insulated
containers, and kept in the containers until removed for placement in drill holes. If drill holes are not
ready, they shall be stored in locked box type magazines located at a safe distance of at least 170m
from the working space.

Wooden explosive cases shall be opened only with wooden mallets and wedges. Metal tools shall not
be used. Scooping out or breakage of cartridges and spilling of their contents shall be avoided.
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 44 -nileshj Page 44 07/09/2019

Page 44
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 44 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
No person other than a shot firer shall carry any priming cartridges Into a shaft, In which the sinking
Is In progress. No such cartridge shall be so carried except in a thick felt bag or other container
sufficient to protect it from shock.

RECORDS : Work Permit, License of the Contractor, Tool Box Talk.

SOP - 9 PILING

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure, practices and precautions to be followed while piling for executing work in
any of ACL projects
.
SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL projects which require piling to execute
work.

RESPONSIBILITY

The concerned site civil supervisor / engineer / block in charge are responsible for ensuring necessary
precautions are taken while executing work using piling operation & mechanical/Maintenance Engineer
is responsible for machinery safety . Overall responsibility lies with Project in charge.

PROCEDURE

Piling operations can give rise to different hazards dependent upon the type of piling being undertaken.
Certain hazards are, however, generally common on all types of piling and the following gives the risks
and associated controls relevant to site preparation, the general precautions and the various types of
piling methods in use. The some common types of piling covered in this manual are
Rotary Bored Piling :Tripod Piling :Sheet Piling

Note: In case of piling types other than the types mentioned above, are deployed, the basic safety
precautions as enumerated below shall be followed and any other additional requirements shall be
incorporated in the procedure.

Common Safety Precautions

In all cases, and before any piling operations commence a full safe method statement and risk
assessment must be prepared by the piling engineer-in-charge or the authorized persons carrying out
the operations. This method statement must be thoroughly vetted by Project Head/Planning Manager
before any works are started.
• Fencing shall be provided around the working area to prevent on-lookers from trespassing into the
construction sites.
• The working area shall, be investigated to ascertain the presence of any buried obstruction and
actual position of all service lines passing through the work site shall be known before the work
commences. Particular attention shall be given in case live electrical cables pass underground,
which may interfere within the depth of foundation.
• Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be competent to the satisfaction of the
engineer In-charge and no person under the age of 21 years should be in-charge of any hoisting
machine including any scaffolding winch, or give signals to operator.
• Prior to commencement on site, the piling supervisor needs to have information relating to the
condition of the land. All surveys and examinations must be carried out by competent persons &
information relating to previous land uses must be obtained and made available.
• The position and location of underground services, voids and watercourses should be
established prior to work commencing. Confirmation of such whereabouts should be by
reference to all relevant information received from statutory authorities.
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 45 -nileshj Page 45 07/09/2019

Page 45
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 45 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

• All overhead services must be clearly marked by barriers, goal posts etc. Work must not
commence until a safe system of working has been prepared and agreed.
• The presence of watercourses and expected run off routes need to be identified. This
aspect is of particular importance where contaminated land conditions are present. The
appropriate authorization and/or notification must be obtained prior to any discharge
taking place. Adequate space must be provided for the operations and for safe storage of
materials. In particular, the movement of service cranes should be considered when
determining the layout for piling operations.
• The most common cause of piling rig collapse is poor ground conditions. Ensure a firm piling mat
has been provided and that all ground conditions have been taken into consideration at initial
assessment stage.
• Rigging and de-rigging may only be carried out under the supervision of a competent person who
has been nominated by the Project Manager or piling engineer-in-charge.
• All other persons should stand clear whilst the operation is taking place.
• Safety harnesses should be used when working at height.
• In addition, all personnel involved in piling operations must wear the appropriate protective
equipment and clothing i.e. safety helmets, and boots, eye and ear protection and gloves.
• Upon arrival at site, the machine must be inspected before use by a competent person. All
certification must be updated. Results of inspections must be recorded.
• All loads which are to be lifted must only be lifted using the correct slings and signalling techniques
which are set out.
• All open pile shafts must be either covered or have barriers placed around them to prevent persons
from gaining access. This also includes freshly poured piles.
• All piling rigs, side boom & other lifting equipment to be inspected before entering the site.
• The area where hoisting operation are being carried out shall be roped off. Personnel inside the rope
area shall be only those directly employed on the hoisting activity.
• No one is allowed to walk under suspended load or boom under load. Prior to starting the lift by two
booms, calculation to determine safe sitting for tandem working shall be made before lifting.
• All piling rigs and hoisting equipment shall be provided with a suitable fire extinguisher.
• When working near overhead power lines or bus bars, the following safe distances shall be
maintained.
i. A minimum distance of 3 Meters for Voltage up to 500 V.
ii. A minimum distance of 5 Meters for Voltage exceeding 500 V.
iii. A permit is required for work within 20 Meters of overhead power lines.
• Electrical shielding of power lines is required when minimum clearance distances cannot be
maintained.
• Adequate Protection for underground cables and pipeline with heavy equipment and loads adequate
mats or steel plate shall be used to prevent damage.
• All works to be supervised by a competent supervisor.
• Ensure that all ladders are long enough and extend at least 1.00 m above any working platform &
that they are in good condition for access onto rigs or other working places.
• Ready mixed concrete trucks, when fully loaded, are top heavy with heavily loaded rear wheels, a
banks man should be present when reversing the vehicle and wheel stops should also be provided
to prevent the vehicle from getting too close to the edge of excavations, piles or concrete pumps. A
distance of 3 meters is recommended. Extra care must be taken when mobile cranes/ trucks have
to go across gradients or backfilled areas.
• Reinforcement and cages should be unloaded onto supports to allow for re-slinging.
• All rotating parts of machinery should be suitably guarded or fenced.
• A full noise assessment must be carried out and must form part of the safe method statement and
risk assessment. The effects on all persons on site, and the local environment must be taken into
account when preparing the assessment.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 46 -nileshj Page 46 07/09/2019

Page 46
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 46 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• Any control measures including hearing protection identified as being necessary by the assessment
should be put into operation prior to commencing operations.

Rotary bored Piles

• An area should be segregated for the dumping of spoil from the auger. It should be out of the way
with no general access to others on site. When the spoil is shaken off the auger, the driver is to
ensure no persons are in the vicinity.
• A banks man should remain with the rig during the piling operation.
• The pile bore should always be protected to prevent persons from falling in barriers, casings or
covers should be used.
• Ropes are subject to heavy wear must be inspected and changed as necessary.
• Hearing protection should be worn where noise assessment indicates high noise level.
• All control levers on piling rigs to be marked to indicate their purpose & mode of operation.

Tripod Piling

• The general area of the rig must be kept as clear as possible.


• Tripods must not be used unless a current test and examination certificate is available and kept on
site. The safe working load must be clearly marked on the winch, a current certificate of test and
thorough examination for the winch provided.
• Only correct shear pins must be used on the shear legs.
• Tripod legs must not be overspread or overloaded.
• All ropes should be secured with bulldog clips. Where appropriate, properly constructed hard-eyes
or saddles must be used.
• Chains/ropes used for lifting or lowering must not be shortened or joined with a knot.
• All ropes must be checked daily and unserviceable ropes immediately withdrawn.
• There must be at least two full turns of rope remaining on the winch drum at all times and effectively
secured to the outside of the winch drum.
• All accessible moving parts of the winch must be effectively guarded and a pulley guard fitted to the
top pulley.
• When a rope/ chain block is used to extract the casings, the capacity of the block must not exceed
the capacity of the rig.
• Hearing protection must be worn where necessary.
• All cages to be lifted on designated lifting points.
• Cages must only be lifted using a shackle or hook with a safety clip in working order.
• Barriers must be placed around the pile when casing has been pulled.
• Boreholes must be fenced or securely covered when left unattended.

Sheet Piling

General
• In case of deep, wide-open cut excavations, any of the following situations may arise:
o Where providing safe stable slopes for excavated pit may be economically impractical due to
quantities of excavated material to be relocated.
o Where slopes required for excavation may be infeasible due to proximity of nearby structure(s).
o Where excavation of slope may be undesirable due to fluid condition of the erratic material being
worked.
• In such situations sheet piling may be resorted to for side protection. This procedure may provide
a kind of retaining wall to contain the materials adjacent to the excavation. The piles may be of
timber, concrete, steel or composite materials depending upon the depth of excavation, strength
and life of sheet piles required.
• The operator shall ensure the area is good enough for the crane before marching or parking it.
Crane shall be stationed on a firm level ground. Cranes and vehicles should not be parked near the
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 47 -nileshj Page 47 07/09/2019

Page 47
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 47 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
edges of pit. If the soil is loose Sleepers shall be used. Limit Switches of the crane should be tested
frequently for ensuring its proper functioning.
• It shall be ensured that vibrations from vibro-hammer are dampened before transferring to hook of
the crane. This can be ensured by checking the proper functioning of rubber & metal springs in the
vibro-hammer.

Sheet Piling by Vibro Hammer

• Piling area shall be barricaded to restrict unauthorized persons. During the driving operation, none
including the concerned workers to be allowed in the operations area.
• All lifting tools & tackles shall have load test certificates of a competent person.
• Only trained operator with a valid licence shall be permitted to operate the crane. Assembling,
maintenance and disassembling on the equipment is to be done as per the manufacturer's manual.
• The operator shall ensure the area is good enough for the crane before marching or parking it.
Crane shall be stationed on a firm level ground. Cranes and vehicles should not be parked near the
edges of pit. If the soil is loose Sleepers shall be used. Limit Switches of the crane should be tested
frequently for ensuring its proper functioning.
• It shall be ensured that vibrations from vibro-hammer are dampened before transferring to hook of
the crane. This can be ensured by checking the proper functioning of rubber & metal springs in the
vibro-hammer.
• It shall be ensured that loose parts of both hammer and frame shall not fall down during pile driving
operation.
• Workmen, who are in the pile driving area, shall wear safety helmet to protect themselves from
broken fragments of concrete or sheet pole material, which could fall from height during pile driving
operation.

Sheet Pile Driving by Conventional Mast & Winch System

• Adequate number of sleepers with sufficient length shall be provided below


• the rollers of the rig, so that
o A levelled & stable surface is available for the operation of rig to maintain the stability of the rig.
o Impact load from the operation of the rig is distributed over a wider area.
• Movement of the roller pipes of the rig should be arrested efficiently by using stoppers. Lifting tools
and tackles shall have load test certificates of competent person. Wire ropes should be inspected
weekly for wear & tear. Flywheel & other rotating parts of the winch shall be properly guarded.

Obstructions in Sheet Pile Driving

• While driving sheet piles, if any underground obstacles such as boulders are encountered, driving
of that sheet pile shall be stopped temporarily.

Cofferdams
• Adequate pumping facilities should be provided at coffer dams. Also adequate means of escape,
such as ladders and boats shall be provided at coffer dams for protection of workers in case of
flooding.
• Adequate supplies of life saving equipment shall be provided for workers employed on coffer dams.
• When sheet sections are being removed, their movement shall be controlled by cables and other
effective means.

General Precautions
• All workers must wear tight fitting clothes or uniforms, helmets, hand gloves, protective footwear
and goggles.
• Electrical connections must be handled with a great deal of care. Direct tapping of power should be
prohibited. Each unit should have its own switchboard. All cables should be properly insulated and
earthing done.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 48 -nileshj Page 48 07/09/2019

Page 48
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 48 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• All motions must be stopped and locked out before fitting V-belts or flat belts on moving
machines/parts.

RECORDS : Check list for Piling , Check list for machinery , Work permit, Tool box talk

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 49 -nileshj Page 49 07/09/2019

Page 49
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 49 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP-10 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

PURPOSE

To describe the procedure, practices and precautions to be followed during electrical work for
executing work in any of ACL projects

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL projects which require electricity to
execute work.

RESPONSIBILITY

The concerned site civil supervisor / engineer / block in charge in coordination with the Electrical
Engineer / block In charge who is responsible for ensuring necessary precautions are taken while
executing work using electricity, safety officer is responsible for training people in first aid & respond
in case of emergency. Overall responsibility lies with Project in charge.

PROCEDURE

The following electrical safety requirements shall apply to all fabrication sites
• Ensure qualified, licensed and/or certified workers perform all electrical work.
• Use ground fault circuit interrupters and an assured grounding program shall be instituted.
• Ensure equipment grounding conductors are installed as required.
• Ensure explosion proof hand lamps, floodlights, and extension cords (i.e., plug boards) with
explosion proof fixtures are required in confined spaces of the Site. Hand lights carried into vessels
must not exceed 24 volts.
• Each cord set, and any tools or equipment connected by cords and plug (except cord sets and
receptacles that are fixed and not exposed to damage) shall be visually inspected by the user before
each day’s use for external defects such as deformed or missing pins or insulation damage. Tools
or equipment found damaged or defective shall not be used until repaired.
• Ensure all equipment grounding conductors are tested for continuity and be electrically continuous.
Each receptacle, attachment cap, plug & receptacle of cord sets shall be tested for correct
attachment of the equipment-grounding conductor.
• Ensure all equipment is labelled with the date of the most recent test and have documented testing
procedures. All required tests shall be performed as follows
o Before the first use
o Before equipment is returned to service following any repairs
o Before equipment is used after any incident suspected to have caused damage (e.g. when a cord
set is run over)
• At intervals not to exceed 3 months. Cord sets and receptacles, which are fixed and not exposed to
damage, shall be tested at intervals not exceeding 6 months.
• Provide only approved fully insulated testing devices for testing of 220/440 V circuits.

General Requirement

• Before work commences, an assessment of location of D.G, electrical loads, cable routing and the
manner in which loads vary with time during the project shall be considered.
• Survey shall be conducted before work commences to determine the position and nature of existing
electrical installations.
• No work shall be carried out on any live cable, or so near as to cause danger.
• Electrical works to be carried out by competent Electrical personnel only who shall be certified /
electrical authorities in the relevant state/country.
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 50 -nileshj Page 50 07/09/2019

Page 50
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 50 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• The electrical installations shall be done in accordance to the regulation of IE rule 1956/ existing
Electrical regulations as approved by authorities prevalent in the country.
• Layout drawing for the temporary cable laying and the distribution board installations shall be
made and displayed at the office and the main DB room.

PROTECTION SYSTEM
General
o All circuits shall be protected against overload, over current, short circuit/ earth fault
o Unauthorized tapping of power from Distribution Boards (DBs) and Sub Distribution Boards (SDBs)
shall be strictly not allowed.
o Lock arrangement to be made for all DBs & SDBs to avoid unauthorized operation.

Over Current Protection


o Over current protection shall be based on the current-carrying capacity of the conductors and the
power load being used
o Over current device shall not be placed in any permanently earthed conductor
o Over current protection devices shall be readily accessible, clearly labelled, not exposed to physical
damage, not placed in the vicinity of ignitable materials, and located or shielded such that their
operation will not expose employees to injury due to arching or the sudden movement of parts.
o Circuit Breakers shall clearly indicate whether they are in the open (de energized) or closed
(energized) position

• Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB)


o MCB (Miniature Circuit Breaker) shall be provided in the Main distribution board and Sub
Distribution Board (SOB) for overload protection.

• Residual Current Circuit Breaker (RCCB)


o Residual Current Circuit Breaker (RCCB) shall be provided in all SDBs and a register shall be
maintained for its weekly testing.
o All the power supply to portable tools shall be routed through RCCB only.
o RCCB shall be installed for all sub distribution board.
o RCB sensitivity shall be 30mA.
o Wherever Residual Current Breaker without Integral Over Current Protection (RCCB) is used, MCB
or fuse unit shall be connected next to the RCCB.
o If Residual Current Circuit Breaker with Integral Over current Protection (RCBO) is connected to a
circuit MCB or Fuse unit may not provided for that circuit.

• Switches
o Readily accessible, manually operated switch shall be provided for each incoming service or supply
circuit.
o Switches shall be of the enclosed safety type, with enclosures grounded, and installed to minimize
the danger of accidental operation.
o Switches, fuses, and automatic circuit breakers shall be marked, labelled, for ready identification
of the circuits or equipment, which they supply.
o Switches, circuit breakers, fuse panels, and motor controllers located out-of- doors or in wet
locations shall be in a weatherproof enclosure or cabinet.

• Fuse
o Fuse cabinets shall have close-fitting doors, which can be locked
o Fuse wire shall not be replaced with ordinary copper or Aluminium wire.
o Fuses shall be checked for their current rating.

• Selection of Fuses

FUSE RATING DESCRIPTION


45 AMP For circuits of more than 13kw (13000 w)

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 51 -nileshj Page 51 07/09/2019

Page 51
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 51 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
30 AMP For socket ring mains, some cooker and shower circuits up to 7kw.
20 AMP For storage and water heater circuits
15 AMP For single appliance circuits up to 3kw (3000 w)
13 AMP For appliances between 700 and 3000w (3kw)
5 AMP For lighting circuits. The maximum permissible load of a lighting circuit is
1200w or 12* 100 watt lamps
35 AMP For appliances up to 700 watts, such as table lamps & alarm clocks

CABLES
General Requirements
o Proper size cable to be selected based on the current rating to avoid over heating.
o Armoured cable only shall be used. Two-core cable shall not be used.
o Only metal clad and interlocked type 15A I 20A I 30A combined switch-plug socket units
shall be used at site. No loose wires to be inserted in sockets without plugs.
o Welding cables and power cables shall be routed separately.
o Cables shall be inspected daily on all tools, lights and equipment.

Colour Coding of Cables


o Single Phase Supply
Phase- Red : Neutral – Black : Earth - Green
o Three Phase Supply
Phases – Red, Yellow, Blue : Neutral – Black : Earth - Green

Routing of Cables
o Cable markers shall be fixed to identify the route of the cables.
o Cables passing through working area or traffic areas shall be protected from damage by
elevating or covering them by suitably sized PVC sleeves/concrete tiles.
o Cables not be held in place by staples, hung from nails, or suspended by wire. Cables shall
be marked by cable covers or a suitable marking tape and buried at a sufficient depth to avoid
their damage by any disturbance of the ground.
o Cables buried directly in the ground shall be armoured or having metal sheath or be of the PV
insulated concentric type.

Jointing of Cables
o Joints in the cables shall be avoided wherever possible. Where unavoidable, J jointing of cables
shall be carried out with the help of joining kits and no other jointing procedure, such as locally
fabricated compound boxes, is permissible.
o Regular joining kits shall be used irrespective of whether the cables are laid 1 under ground or
run above ground.
o Jointing of cables shall be done properly in such way that phase and neutral wire joints are in
different location to avoid tripping.
o Polythene papers shall not be used for insulation of joints.

REQUIREMENT FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION


• Safe access shall be provided for D.G room, DBs and SDBs.
• Rain protection shall be given for all electrical installation
• Double Earthing shall be provided for all electrical installations like DBs and SDBs.
• Rubber mat shall be provided in D.G room/ Electrical Panel Room.
• Wastage bin shall be provided near D.G room to collect oil immersed cotton wastages.
• Covers shall be provided for all temporary electrical installations to prevent accidental contact
with electrical circuits.

MAINTENANCE WORK IN ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS


Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 52 -nileshj Page 52 07/09/2019

Page 52
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 52 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• Controlling switch shall be opened and fuses shall be removed.
• “MEN ON LINE” caution board shall be hung on the controlling switch.
• Caution board shall be hung in the DBs indicating the circuit number where the fuses shall
not be inserted.
• Line clearance permit shall be obtained from authorized person if the controlling switch is
operated by others.
• Size of “Men on Line” board for various voltages
o For 33 KV & 66 KV MOCBs, etc. 8" X 6"
o For Indoor 11/6.6/3.3 KV breaker panels 6" X 6"
o For 415 V ACBs, Switch fuses for
o 800 A - 250 A rating 6" X 4"
o For DBs , MCBs combined switch plug sockets 3" X 3"

Electrical Equipment
• Attention shall be given to all electrical operated plant and equipment for its positioning and to its
supply leads.
• Fixed plant e.g. tower cranes, large hoists, batching plants etc. shall be carefully fixed so that
they can remain in one position throughout the job and supply cables of sufficient capacity can be
routed clear of construction and be protected against traffic movement.
• Movable plant with load in excess of 230 V, e.g. compressors, the earth conductor in the heavy
trailing supply cable must remain intact if the plant is to be used safely. If it is broken, current
cannot flow to earth if a fault occurs, and it is strongly recommended that residual current circuit
breaker is provided.
• Electrical Engineer shall make sure that electrical equipment is in safe operating condition and to
have it repaired, or replaced when necessary.
• Maintenance/repair of electrical tool or machinery shall not be done unless the power is off.
• All hand tools shall have earthing, 3-point metal clad plug or double insulated case.
• Power supply to hand tools shall be taken through RCCB.
• RCCBs used at site shall not have sensitivity more than 30mA.
• When working in wet condition, make sure that cords/db are not lying in water.
• Damaged tools shall be removed from service until repaired or replaced.
• Hand lamps shall be equipped with a handle and with a substantial guard over the bulb and
attached to the lamp holder or the handle.
• Portable lamp holders shall have all current carrying parts enclosed & an insulated handle.
• The supply to portable lamp should be 24 V, if used in confined space.
• Electrical equipments/machineries shall be guarded adequately.
• Workmen shall avoid wearing rings on the hands or metal on the arms if there is danger that such
metals might make contact with energized circuit.

BATTERY & BATTERY CHARGING


• Battery charging shall take place in a room or area, which is well ventilated, as hydrogen is
evolved during the process.
• Battery Charging Room shall be free from ignition sources.
• If natural or general ventilation is inadequate, forced ventilation shall be provided.
• Racks & trays shall be substantial & will be treated to make them resistant of the electrolyte.
• Floors/Battery stands/ Trays shall be of acid resistant construction or protected from
accumulation of acid.
• Eye/ Body wash facilities shall be provided for emergency use.
• Flames and sparks shall be kept away from the vicinity as hydrogen may be present. ‘No
Smoking’ sign shall be displayed at the entrance of the area.
• Charging apparatus shall be protected from mechanical damage.
• When charging batteries, the vent caps shall be kept in place to avoid spray of electrolyte.
• Care shall be taken to assure vent caps are functioning.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 53 -nileshj Page 53 07/09/2019

Page 53
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 53 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• Cells shall not be overfilled.
• The charging unit to be in the off position before any connection, disconnection of leads is done.
• Manufacturer’s charging rates shall be strictly adhered to.
• If the batteries exceed the maximum permissible temperature during charging, the charging
Shall be stopped and the temperature allowed to fall before the charge is resumed.
• Batteries shall be kept clean and dry and a clear space of 40 to 50 mm shall be kept between
batteries on charge.
• Batteries will not be opened in spaces where the room temperature is above 52°c. The room or
compartment shall be well ventilated and the temperature reduced before working on the
batteries.
• When working around banks of batteries & it becomes necessary to temporarily cover the
batteries, as much air space as possible to be maintained between the temporary cover &
the batteries.
• Water shall be available for washing any spilled electrolyte.
• Care shall be exercised when using tools around batteries to prevent short circuiting battery
terminals.
• Live parts of batteries shall be treated as energized equipment.
• Hands should be dry when handling batteries.
• Electrolyte consists of mixture of sulphuric acid and water, which shall not be allowed to come into
contact with clothing or skin.
• Wearing of suitable goggles, gloves and aprons is recommended.
• CO2 or DCP fire extinguishers shall be provided at the battery room.
• Acid, electrolyte & distilled water to be labelled & cautioned to avoid misunderstanding.

EARTHING
• The main distribution board and sub distribution board for construction power shall have two
standard earth pits each
• 50 X 6 or 40 X 6 mm GI flats shall be used for earthing.
• The Fuse Distribution Board shall have each two nos. of rod earths / pipe earths.
• Earth Continuity conductor shall be run in the form of one run of 25 X 3 GI earth strip or GI strip
of half the size of power conductor even the main distribution board & Sub distribution are inter
connected by the armour cable
• Earth continuity conductor shall be run in the form of 8SWG GI wire even the main distribution
board and fuse distribution board are inter connected by the armour cable.
• The earth continuity shall be run through the third core or fourth core of the flexible armoured/
un- armoured cables from the Fuse Distribution Boards to equipment.
• The combined resistance of the Earth pit shall be less than 0.5W.
• If the combined resistance of the earth grid system is higher than 0.5W, the Electrical Division shall
be contacted.
• Typical earthing scheme for construction power facilities.
• Floodlights, halogen lamps shall be effectively earthed.
• Earthing shall be provided for non current carrying metallic parts of equipment.
• Tools protected by an approved system of double insulation, or its equivalent, need not be
grounded. Double insulated tools shall be distinctly marked
• Electrodes of rod or pipe shall be free from non-conducting coatings and, if practicable, shall be
embedded below permanent moisture levels.
• Grounding circuits shall be checked to ensure that the circuit between the ground and a
grounded power conductor has a resistance low enough to permit sufficient current flow to allow
the fuse or circuit breaker to interrupt the current – mention the norms.
• All the DBs and SDBs body earthing shall be done. Also for the metal case switches.
• Earth wire shall not be bypassed in three core cables at any condition.

EQUIPMENT EARTHING

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 54 -nileshj Page 54 07/09/2019

Page 54
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 54 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
SIZE OF EARTH LEADS
(TRANSFORMER, MOTORS, GENERATORS, AND SWITCH GEARS ETC.)
Rating of 400 V 3 phase 50 Size of Earthing Conductor
cycles equipment in KVA Bare copper Aluminium PVC Galvanized
insulated Iron
Upto 5 (4 KW) 14 SWG 6 mm2 7/22
6 to 15 (4.8 to 12 KW) 10 SWG 16 mm2 8 SWG
16 to 50 (13 to 40 KW) 10 SWG 16 mm2 1” * 1/16”
51 to 75 (41 to 60 KW) 8 SWG 25 mm2 1” * 1/16”
76 to 100 (61 to 80 KW) 6 SWG 35 mm2 1” * 1/8”
101 to 125 (81 to 100 KW) 4 SWG 50 mm2 1” * ¼ ”
126 to 150 (80 to 100 KW) 2 SWG or 1” 8 1/16” 70 mm 2 1” * ¼ ”

FIRE PROTECTION
• CO2 type Fire Extinguisher shall be provided at D.G. room and electrical room.
• Fire buckets with sand filled also shall be provided near D.G. room.

LOCK OUT & TAG OUT (LOTO) PROCEDURE


• A safe lockout and tagging procedure shall be established prior to work on or near electrical
equipment or lines, mechanic, pressure systems, and lines or equipment containing dangerous or
hazardous material which can be energized, pressurized, activated, or released remotely or
inadvertently.
• A safe lockout and tagging procedures is an operating procedures by which a person, action
individually or as a member of a maintenance crew, may have a machine or part of a machine or
equipment removed from and held out of service until released by that person. A tag indicating
“Danger! Do not operate” or the equivalent shall be placed at the power source of the equipment
being serviced.
• A safe lockout and tagging procedure shall be strictly followed in securing electrical systems,
machinery, pressure systems, and rotating equipment.
• Power shall be turned off, tagged, and locked in the open position at the master switch or at the
main breaker. Gears, agitators, or transmissions shall be mechanically locked out or disconnected.
• Padlocks shall be used & the person working on the equipments is in possession of a key.
• A safe lockout and tagging procedure shall be required on all systems and equipments if the
unauthorized removal or return to service could result in injury, damage, or loss.
• Any required safe lockout & tagging procedures shall be included in an activity, hazard plan. Safety
meetings shall be held to familiarize designed persons on the site with the procedure, including
person responsibilities, & the system for safe lockout and tagging procedures. This shall include all
signs, tags lockout, & other devices to be used.
• A lockout device that only accommodates one padlock shall not be used as the lockout may involve
more than one system
• Padlocks and other accessories to be used shall be materially strong enough so that only excessive
force or pressure can break them. Defective padlocks or accessories shall be immediately replaced.
• No key shall fit more than one lock.
• The person issued with a lock shall only be issued with one key. The spare key and the master key
shall be held in a secure place by the supervisor and kept well apart from the primary lock and key
storage box.
• Locks shall be distinctly numbered and no repetition of numbers allowed. Locks can, also be colour
coded to identify the user’s department (i.e. electrical, mechanical, etc.)
• The most basic form of safe lockout and tagging is given below- Removing the keys from vehicle
ignition locks and placing warning signs instructing employees that the vehicle is under repair
• Locking - off the power supply to equipment, such as carpentry machinery, to prevent unauthorized
use or to ensure complete safety when repairing the machine and power supply point.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 55 -nileshj Page 55 07/09/2019

Page 55
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 55 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• Locking the doors and posting warning signs on areas or locations which present hazards to
unauthorized personnel.
• After the switching operation has been performed, the switchmen shall, whenever possible, lockout
the controller and/ or attach Hold Tags as the case may be. The purpose of Lockouts & Hold Tags
is to make sure the Controller remains open while work is being done & protect the people working
on the portion of the system being protected by the controller.
• Hold Tags shall not be removed from any device unless authorized.
• Each disconnecting device shall be properly tagged with an approved Hold Tag.
• When Hold Tags cannot be attached to a device, they shall be attached at a conspicuous point, as
close to the device as possible. In case of switchgear where Power Circuit Breakers are lowered or
rolled out, the control, which would rise or roll the breaker to its operating position, shall be tagged.
• After completion of the work, the craftsman will then sign in the hold tag and return it back to the
Supervising Operator who will then directly supervise the removal of tags. The craftsman signing
the hold tag shall be the same person who requested the hold tag. Unless responsibility transfers,
both the Supervising Operator and the Craftsman shall follow the procedure for removal of lockout
clips, chain and padlock.

SHUT DOWN PROCEDURE


• The Lines/ Equipments required to be brought under shutdown shall be planned and approved by
concerned authority.
• Work permit shall be taken from the authorized issuer by the authorized receiver. The work permit
shall indicate all the relevant information.
• After receiving the work permit, the receiver will witness that the Line / Equipment is isolated and
properly earthed. Also it is to be ensured that proper Tags / Interlocks provided are kept in position
throughout the work. The receiver portion of the Tag is to be kept with the receiver at the time of
working
• After the shutdown, the line crew shall conduct voltage detection testing to confirm that the Line/
Equipment are completely De -Energized.
• The line crew shall install Discharge Rods / Protective grounds prior to the start of the job for
passing the residual current to earth. The earth terminal of the Discharge Rod / Protective Grounds
is to be connected first and then the other terminal to be connected at the Line / Equipment of
which shut down is availed.
• The job shall be executed as per the applicable standard Safety norms.
• After the job is completed, it shall be checked that all tools / equipments used are taken out of the
area and nobody is close to the area. The Discharge rod shall be removed, first from the line/
Equipment under shutdown and then from the earth.
• Now the receiver of the Work Permit/ Tag slip shall check the work spot and after ensuring that it
is fully safe to charge the line/ equipment, he shall go to the issuer and hand over the same with
clearance for charging the Line I Equipment.
• After Charging the Line/ Equipment , work permit shall be closed with the issuing authority.

TREATMENT FOR ELECTRIC SHOCK

• Don’t touch the victim.


• Unplug the appliance or turn off the power at the control panel.
• If you can't turn off the power, use a piece of wood, like a broom handle, dry rope or dry clothing,
to separate the victim from the power source.
• Do not try to move a victim touching a high voltage wire. Call for emergency help. Keep the victims
• lying down? Unconscious victims should be placed on their side to allow drainage of fluids. Do not
move the victim if there is a suspicion of neck or spine injuries unless absolutely necessary.
• If the victim is not breathing, apply mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. If the victim has no pulse, begin
cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). Then cover the victim with a blanket to maintain body heat,
keep the victim's head low and get medical attention.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 56 -nileshj Page 56 07/09/2019

Page 56
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 56 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
RECORDS :Work Permit , Check list for Electrical System ,Periodic maintenance record.
Training in First Aid & Electricity Record

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 57 -nileshj Page 57 07/09/2019

Page 57
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 57 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP-11 LIGHTING

PURPOSE

To describe the procedure, practices and precautions to be followed while providing illumination for
executing work in any of ACL projects

SCOPE

The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL projects which require illumination to
execute work.

RESPONSIBILITY

The concerned site civil supervisor / engineer / block in charge in coordination with the Electrical
Engineer / block In charge who is responsible for ensuring necessary precautions are taken while
providing illumination. Overall responsibility lies with Project in charge.

PROCEDURE

Lighting/Illumination in the workplace, passageways etc.


• Ensure that sufficient lighting of the right type & at the right place is provided at all work stations.
• Check that risk of electric shock does not exist.
• 230V supplies should be used for those fittings.
• Ensure that luminaries is always be placed so that no person is required to work in their own
shadow & so that the local light for one person is not a source of glare for the others.
• Strongly made clamps should be available for attaching luminaries to poles and other convenient
supports.
• All luminaries should be robust, resistant to corrosion and rain proof, especially at the point of the
cable entry.
• The correct type of lamp for each luminary should always be used and when lamps need to be
replaced it shall be in accordance with the supply voltage and Lamp holders not fitted with a lamp
should be capped off.
• A Lux Level meter shall be maintained and calibrated at site and illumination levels shall be checked
once a week. Relevant records shall be maintained.
• Ensure the illumination levels are as per the following norms.

Foot Candles Area or Operation


3 General construction areas, concrete placement, excavation and waste areas,
access ways, active storage areas, loading platforms, refueling, and field
maintenance areas
5 General Construction Area Lighting
5 Indoors: warehouses, corridors, hallways, and exit ways
5 Tunnels, shafts, and general underground work areas: (Exception: minimum of 10
foot-candles is required at tunnel and shaft heading during drilling, mucking, and
scaling. Bureau of Mines approved cap lights shall be acceptable for use in the
tunnel heading)
10 General construction plant and shops (e.g., batch plants, screening plants,
mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, carpenter shops, rigging lofts and
active store rooms, mess halls, and indoor toilets and workrooms).
30 First aid stations, infirmaries, and offices

RECORDS : Electrical Check list , Work Permit

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 58 -nileshj Page 58 07/09/2019

Page 58
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 58 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP-12 PLANT & MACHINERY OPERATIONS

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure, practices and precautions to be followed for safe operation & maintenance
of the plant & machinery in all ACL projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL projects which require the usage of plant
& machinery.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned site supervisor / site engineer / mechanical/maintenance engineers are responsible for
ensuring that the plant & machinery are in proper working condition and maintained regularly. Overall
responsibility lies with Project Head.

PROCEDURE
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
General requirements for plant & machinery with regard to operation maintenance include:
Siting
In siting construction machinery for operation, attention shall be given to:
• The strength of foundation or structure, on which the machinery may stand or move or be supported
• The proximity of hazard, such as near-by structures, public access areas, other moving machinery,
overhead electric conductors in case of cranes

When static load lifting machinery like cranes, winches pile drivers and excavators is required to operate
on edges of embankments or in boggy areas, the bearing capacity of the soil shall first be tested and a
minimum three layers of crisscross bearing packing shall be provided.

Fencing of Machinery
• All gears, sprockets, pulleys, revolving shafts, couplings, belt drives, chain drives and all other
rotating and moving parts of machinery shall be effectively guarded unless they are so constructed,
installed or placed as to be as safe as if they were guarded.
• guard of rotating, moving & other dangerous parts of machinery shall not be removed while the
machinery is in use or in motion & when removed, it shall be replaced as soon as practicable & in
any case before the machinery is again brought into use.
Safe Access
Safe and adequate means of access including handholds and footholds shall be provided to all parts
where a person may have to walk, climb or work.

Maintenance
• No part of machinery, while in motion or in operation shall be examined, lubricated, adjusted or
repaired except by authorized workmen. Any repairs to machinery while in motion or in operation
shall be carried out only when unavoidable.
• Parts of machinery shall be cleaned only when the machinery is stopped. If the cleaning is
unavoidable when the machinery is working, this shall be done by authorized workmen in conformity
with accepted standards of safety.
• Electric power shall be shut off and relevant fuses removed when repairs are carried out to any
electric machinery. Lock out / Tag out system shall be followed.
• Any machinery, equipment or part thereof, which is suspended or held apart by use of hoist, jacks
or slings shall be substantially blocked, cribbed or locked before men are permitted to work
underneath or between such machinery, equipment or part thereof.
Fire Prevention
• Where the construction machinery in use is mobile type and during the course of operation it has to
shift its location frequently, one 2kgs stored pressure type Dry Chemical Powder (DCP)/ ABC Type
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 59 -nileshj Page 59 07/09/2019

Page 59
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 59 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
fire extinguisher shall be carried on the machine at a suitable position on the machinery to ensure
its easy availability.
• It shall also be ensured that these extinguishers are inspected and maintained properly and that
workmen associated with the machine work are well conversant with the method of operation of the
equipment.
• During the operation of the construction machinery is confined to one place or is within a restricted
area of about 30m radius, a fire point shall be established at a suitable and easily accessible location
within the area. The fire point shall be provided with the following equipment, which shall always be
kept in a serviceable condition:
5 kg Dry Powder Extinguisher - Minimum 2 Nos.
Sand Buckets - Minimum 2 Nos.

Miscellaneous
• As far as possible, earthmoving, lifting and hoisting machinery shall not be left on highways at night.
If it is to be left, it shall be adequately marked with luminance red lanterns, red flags or other effective
means and parked in safe zone.
• No earthmoving and lifting and hoisting machinery shall be operated without the ballast or
counterweights in place and the Safe Working Load clearly marked on the machine.

EARTHMOVING MACHINERY
Every vehicle or earthmoving equipment shall have the following fully functional:
• Silencers; Taillights; Power and hand brakes; Reversing alarm; and
• Search light for forward and backward movement.

Power Shovel
• Stability
o Power shovel shall be so operated as not to lose its stability.
o When power shovel is operated near edges of excavations or embankments, substantial space
shall be provided to prevent it from approaching a dangerous position and the sides of the
excavation shall be adequately shored. Heavy equipment, such as excavating machinery and road
traffic shall be kept back from the excavated sides at a distance not less than the depth of trench
or at least 8m from trench deeper than 8 m.
• Boom
o Boom will not be pulled tight against the emergency stop while supporting a load.
o The maximum boom length stipulated by the manufacturer shall not be exceeded. The wire ropes
used for the boom suspension as well as for the shovel shall be of the specified diameter and
construction.
o Due attention shall be paid to the length & condition of the pendant ropes & the end connections.
The safe operating radius for the load under consideration shall not be exceeded.
o History sheet and schedule for replacement of ropes shall be maintained.

Grab
o The grab shall be of the right size taking into account the power of the machine or motor, length
of the boom, the operating radius contemplated and total weight including the self-weight of the
grab and other lifting accessories.
o While operating power shovels, the operator shall ensure that no person is working, passing or
standing under the raised grab.
o The grab of a power shovel shall be prevented from accidental dipping, tipping or swinging in
operation. The grab of the shovel shall be pulled out of the bank as soon as it is full.
o The grab of a power shovel shall be fixed to restrict movement while it is being repaired.

Hydraulic Excavator
• Responsible parties shall be contacted to find out the presence of underground utility lines and obtain
work permit before beginning work.
• Working near overhead power lines is unavoidable, the safety precautions given under the
subheading “Work near Power Line” (refer pp. 80) shall be observed.
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 60 -nileshj Page 60 07/09/2019

Page 60
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 60 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• Hydraulic excavators shall not be operated on grades steeper than those specified by the
manufacturer.
• Excavator shall be operated at a safe distance from excavations such as trenches.
• Excavators that are equipped with unit for deep digging shall either be so designed that the bucket
teeth cannot come nearer the boom than 40 cm or be provided with a reliable stop that prevents the
bucket to come nearer than the specified distance.
• The height of the benches in over burden shall not be more than the height of the boom of the
machine used for digging excavation or removal.
• The boom shall be prevented from accidental swinging during operation or transport by engaging the
Swing Lock.

• Equipment Operators
o Operators shall be experienced and have valid Licence.
o Operator shall use the seat belts.
o Operator shall not exceed load capacity of the excavator.
o Operator shall use reverse horn and swing alarm at the appropriate time.
o Operator shall lower the boom to a safe position with the bucket on the ground and turn off the
machine before stepping off for any reason.
o Operators shall keep the bucket resting on stable ground, when not in use, and bucket shall not
be left hanging.
o
• Other Site Workers
o workmen shall be educated to keep off the swing area. If required, the swing area shall be marked
with rope, tape, or other barriers.
o When necessary, Signalman who is conversant with the above signals shall be employed.
o Workmen shall be prohibited to ride in or work from excavator.

• Passenger Hoist
o Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed.
o Hoist shall be erected by competent persons under the supervision of qualified engineer/ Plant &
Machinery Engineer.
o Hoist shall be anchored to the building
o Hoist shall be protected by a substantial enclosure to prevent someone from being struck by any
moving part of the hoist or falling down the hoist way.
o Gates shall be provided at all landings, including ground level. Every gate in the lift-shaft shall be
fitted with efficient inter-locking devices to ensure that gate cannot be opened except when the
cage is at the landing. Similarly cage cannot be moved away from the landing until the gate is
closed.
o The cage shall reach the nearest landing place so that the persons can get out of the cage in the
event of power failure.
o Controls to be arranged so that the hoist can be operated from one position only.
o Hoist operator shall be trained and competent.
o Safe working load of the hoist shall be clearly marked in the Cage.
o Hoist shall be inspected weekly by P&M Engineer and thoroughly examined every six months by
a competent person.
o Upper and Lower Limit switches shall always be kept operational.
o Emergency Switch, Alarm and Emergency Lamp shall be provided on the platform.
o Adequate illumination shall be provided on the platform.
o Load limiting device shall be provided in the hoist.
o Communication system, like telephone shall be provided which can be used in case of
emergencies.
o Emergency brake system, like centrifugal force brake, to be incorporated in the hoist. This brake
system will hold the platform from moving, if the main brake fails.

RECORDS : Check list for Machinery , Periodic maintenance record , Work permit.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 61 -nileshj Page 61 07/09/2019

Page 61
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 61 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP-13 CRANES & RIGGING EQUIPEMENT

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure ,practices and precautions to be followed for safe operation & maintenance
of cranes and hoists at all ACL projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at ACL projects which require the usage of cranes
and hoists.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned mechanical operator / maintenance engineer is responsible for ensuring proper
maintenance and safe operation of cranes and hoists. Overall responsibility lies with Project Head.

PROCEDURE
This section outlines the Contractor responsibility in lifting operations using cranes and lifting
accessories including the inspection and certification program of certain equipment and equipment
operators.
General Requirements
Contractor ensures that all lifting devices and accessories, including all equipment used for anchoring
or fixing such devices, are in good mechanical operating condition, free from any defects, and
constructed of approved design and materials.
Lifting devices will be properly inspected (color-coded) and maintained. All chains, hooks, slings,
shackles and other equipment on a lifting device used for raising or lowering shall be maintained in
good condition.
Inspection of Lift Equipment and Cranes
Prior to use cranes and lifting equipment, the equipment should pass the requirement for equipment
certification program.
Inspection and tests shall be conducted at least once in a month to assure safe operation. Test and
inspection records shall be kept in the files. Any machinery or equipment found to be unsafe shall not
be used until the unsafe conditions have been corrected. All repairs on machinery and equipment shall
be executed at a location designated for this purpose.

Operator Requirements
a. The operator must be in possession of a valid Crane Operators License.
b. An operator should not operate a crane for which he has not been certified.
c. The operator should be physically fit and mentally alert. If the operator feels any signs of
drowsiness or illness then he should stop the work.
d. He must know and comply with the standard lifting hand signals.
e. The operator must be safety conscious.

Rigger
The Rigger is responsible for properly attaching the load to the crane and giving the correct hand signals
to the crane operator. He is the only person authorized to give signals to the crane operator. The
slinger/rigger should be capable of slinging/rigging all types of load to be lifted.
Rigger assigned to this Work shall be a duly trained or certified and authorized to do the rigging and
signaling.

Maintenance and Inspection


Any welding repairs carried out to steel members on the boom, A-frame, or any other parts of the
cranes, should be inspected by a qualified welding inspector.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 62 -nileshj Page 62 07/09/2019

Page 62
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 62 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Load Indicators
a. All cranes shall be fitted with an appropriate safe working load indicator and a loading chart
shall be placed inside the crane cab where the operator can easily see it.
b .The supervisor of the operations should make arrangements to mark clearly the weight of
any load to be lifted, upon the load or otherwise to indicate to the slinger and operator.

General Conditions
a. Cranes must be in good mechanical condition and assembled in accordance with the
manufacturers instructions.
b. All control levers; switches and buttons shall be clearly marked to indicate their functions.
c. The driving operating cabins shall be kept free of all rubbish &unnecessary materials. All
broken glasses shall be replaced.

Work Permit
A crane should not enter a restricted area, or operate within one and a quarter boom lengths of an
oil line, gas line, or overhead power line until a work permit for that particular crane has been issued.
(This condition may vary depending on the property owner’s requirements).

Operational Precautions
1. Operating a crane on sloping ground or close to the sides of excavations is dangerous. The crane
must be level before it is put into operation.
2. The strength of the ground where the crane is to be placed shall be examined and if the ground
is made up of loose sand or unstable because of some other reason, reinforcements such as
installation of steel plate or heavy timber mat shall be made in order to distribute the load over a
greater area.
3. Know the exact location of utility lines, pipelines and either underground obstructions, and avoid
them with room to spare. Mark the locations clearly.
4. If there is a warning signs on the switch or engine starting controls, do not start the engine until
the person who placed it there has removed the warning sign.
5. Before starting the engine, make sure that all personnel are well clear of the machine. Barricade
the area around which the crane is working.
6. Make sure that fire extinguisher on the crane is in good condition and, if used, that it is refilled
immediately they’re after.
7. Let the engine warm up for a few minutes to give the oil in the pumps a chance to circulate.
8. Do not operate the machine under load until the hydraulic oil has warmed to the minimum
operating temperatures specified in the manufacturers manual.
9. Regardless of the size or weight of the load to be lifted, use the cranes outriggers. Extend the
beams fully and get the wheels off the ground. Use adequate cribbing under outrigger floats as
mentioned earlier.
10. Position the crane as close to the load as possible & in such a way to minimize the swing.
11. Ensure that the swing lock is disengaged before starting to operate
12. Before performing any type of work be sure that the machine is secured against travel. If
necessary, block the crane to prevent movement. Remove the blocking before attempting to travel
13. Ensure that wherever possible, the machine is operated in its most stable position and in the area
of highest capacity. Most of the lifting should be done in the rear quadrant.
14. The safe working load, as specified in the manufacturer’s instructions, shall not be exceeded at
anytime. The lifting load includes the dead load of lifting hook, ropes and other rigging equipment.
The load shall be lifted smoothly. Snatching can cause boom or rope failure. Never hoist more
than one load at time.
15. When the weight of the load is close to the operating maximum or if the compaction of the ground
is suspect, the load shall be raised only a few inches and the crane checked for stability.
16. Loads shall not be dragged or pulled sideways. This places side stress on the boom and overloads
the cranes.
17. An operator must not leave his position at the controls while the load is suspended. He must have
an unobstructed view of the load hook and the points of operation at all times or rely on someone
giving signals.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 63 -nileshj Page 63 07/09/2019

Page 63
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 63 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
18. Watch the load at all times. Watch the signalman and/or load while it is moving. In case you must
look in another direction, stop the operation immediately.
19. The load should be raised only to a minimum distance above the ground during transit.
20. When the crane has a swinging motion, a clear space of at least 2 feet shall be maintained between
the crane body, the counterweight, or any moving part of the crane and fixed objects nearby to
prevent persons being trapped and crushed when the crane swings.
21. Swinging shall be done slowly. Swinging too fast can throw the load out of radius and cause
overloading and the risk of striking adjacent objects.
22. Do not permit anyone to ride on the loads, slings, hooks, etc. for any reason.
23. Keep everyone away from suspended loads. Allow no one to walk under a load.
24. The shortest boom possible should be used.
25. Never hoist more than one load at a time. Secure unused slings.
26. Exercise caution when working near overhead lines having long spans as they tend to swing
laterally due to the wind and accidental contact could occur.
27. Never use the machine’s stability to determine if a load falls within its capacity.
28. If the load does not ride properly, lower it and have it readjusted.
29. When lifting heavy loads, care should be taken to prevent sudden loading/ unloading of the hoist
line. Ease into the load; lift it a few inches off the ground & hold to check the brakes.
30. If the crane tips when hoisting or lowering the load, the operator should lower the load as quickly
as possible by snubbing it lightly with the brakes.
31. When operating a crane with the boom at a high angle, the operator should take care that the
suspended load does not strike the boom. The load shall be kept directly below the boom tip. The
hoist line must be plumb at all times.
32. Employees shall never steady a hook block by grasping the crane rope. If hoisting is suddenly
started, hand can be pinched between the rope and the sheave wheel. Hands or fingers must
never be placed between a loose sling and it’s load. Hands shall be kept clear of all hooks, slings,
chains or ropes and all other pinch points as the crane lifts the load.
33. Use taglines to control the all loads.
34. Personnel must stay away from slings when they are pulled from under skid-mounted loads by
the crane.
35. Slings shall not be pulled from under the load when the load is resting on the slings.
36. Neither the load nor boom should ever be lowered to a point where less than two full wraps of
rope remain on the drum. If all cable is inadvertently removed from the drum be sure it is rewound
in the correct direction.
37. Before swinging a load, is sure the swing path is clear and that the outriggers are properly set.
Control the load at all times using hand lines to guide or snub the load when required.
38. In case of hydraulic telescopic boom cranes, the boom section should be extended equally.
39. When traveling with load keep the speed low, avoid sudden starts and stops and use a tagline to
control the load.
40. When traveling with a load, boom to always be carried in line with the direction of motion.
41. If it is necessary to travel on sloping ground, the load must be much less than the capacity, the
boom should not be high and load must always be kept uphill from crane.
42. When using a crawler crane in soft ground, it may be necessary to move the load behind in order
to raise the leading ends of the crawlers. Snub the load to the machine to prevent it from swinging
away and travel with extreme caution, as it is possible to upset the crane.
43. Never traveled a rubber-tired unit with a load over the side.
44. When loading or unloading trucks, ensure that the operator leaves the cabin, and always work
over the rear of the truck. Never swing over the cabin.
45. A load should never be removed from a truck by hooking a crane to the load and having the truck
pullout from under it. The load should be lifted clear of the truck body, and the operator should
make sure that the crane can handle it safely before the truck is moved out from under the load.
46. Loads must be rigged so that they are stable, slings must be attached to the load above its center
of gravity, not below it.
47. A warning horn & an automatic back up alarm are necessary equipment for a mobile crane.
48. A crane operator after dark should have clearance lights. Floodlights should illuminate the area
beneath the boom, and lights mounted on the underside of the boom are recommended.
49. The operator should know the location and use of all emergency shutdowns.
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 64 -nileshj Page 64 07/09/2019

Page 64
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 64 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
50. Never attempt to adjust, repair or lubricate moving machinery. Always lower off the load to the
ground, lock or support the boom, and stop the engines.
51. With the exception of those involved in the operation of the crane, no one should be permitted to
get on, leave or ride on the equipment when it is in smooth or in operation.
52. The operator must have safe access to and egress from the cabin or seat.
53. The operator must never leave the crane cab with a load suspended. Should it become necessary
to leave the crane, lower the load to the ground and stop the engine before leaving the cab.
54. On the crane, where the operating controls are separate from the drivers cab, there must be an
operator in the operator’s cab at all times when traveling.
55. Wherever possible, crane hooks should be fitted with safety latches to prevent slings, ropes, etc.
from jumping off the hook.
56. Crane boom should be lowered to the ground level, and the hooks shall be secured to the specified
position when crane is not in use. In the case of hydraulic boom cranes, the boom is to be fully
retracted into the traveling position.
57. Except for hydraulic boom cranes there must be an attendant proceeding the crane. On
approaching any overhead obstruction or road crossing, the attendant should stop the crane and
give the necessary signals or instructions to enable the crane to pass the obstruction or road
crossing in safety.

Working Near Overhead Power Lines


a. Consider any overhead wire as an energized line until the company who owns the line
indicates that it is not energized line until the company who owns the line indicates that it
is not energized.
b. Distance of at least 20 feet should be maintained between any parts of an operating
crane, it’s load or attachments & any overhead power lines. Should a crane of necessity
have to approach any close, special precautions shall be taken.
c. Taglines shall always be made of non-conductive materials
d. Whenever cranes must repeatedly travel beneath power lines, mark a route clearly and erect rider
poles on both sides of the line with cross bars at least 4 feet lower than the lowest wire.
e. If contact is made with a power line, THINK – DON’T PANIC.
• Warn everyone to stay away from the crane.
• Attempt to free the crane from contact by operating the crane functions.
• Stay in the crane until the power source has been de-energized.
• Only as a last resort should an operator attempt to leave the crane upon contacting a power
source. If it is absolutely necessary to leave the operator station, JUMP COMPLETELY CLEAR
OF THE CRANE – DO NOT STEP DOWN–DO NOT ALLOW PART OF THE BODY to be in contact
with the ground while any other part is touching the machine.
f. Required Clearance from Overhead High-Voltage Lines

LINE VOLTAGE ABSOLUTE LIMIT OF APPROACH


(PHASE TO PHASE) REQUIRED CLEARANCE (FT.)
Up to 250,000 volts 20 feet (6 meters)
Over 250,000 25 feet (7.5 meters)
The Above Clearances Apply In Any Direction, Vertical Or Horizontal

Two Blocking

a. Two blocking must be avoided to prevent damage to the crane and to avoid a safety hazard. Two
blocking occurs whenever the hook block, headache ball etc. come into contact with the boom tip
or boom nose.
b. Lowering or extending the boom must be done very carefully – whenever lowering or extending the
boom, let out cable simultaneously to prevent two blocking.
c. Keep the hook block, headache ball, etc. at least 12’ away from the boom nose/ boom tip.

Tandem lifting

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 65 -nileshj Page 65 07/09/2019

Page 65
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 65 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
The multiple/tandem lift is planned and approved by an authorised person including:
- an assessment of the share of the load to be carried out by each crane
- determination of the types of cranes suitable for use
- the safety margins and hazard control measures to be used in the lift
- the sequence of operations

Whenever a tandem lift is being carried out in addition to following all the points mentioned above
the banks man so that any operation of the crane happens in a synchronized fashion to avoid toppling.

Lifting using Non Slewing Cranes

The operating radii of the crane for planned operations is/are verified and measured taking into
account the estimated increase in radius due to boom deflection. The boom is slewed at the planned
radii to check that there are no unanticipated complications or obstructions.

Travelling
a. Prior to traveling the crane, the route must be checked and established, be aware of overhead
power lines, pipelines, under ground pipelines, and any other obstructions.
b. While traveling, the boom must be in line with the chassis of the crane and the swing brake applied.
c. In the case of hydraulic boom cranes, the boom is to be completely retracted, lowered and stowed
in its travel position.
d. A wheel mounted crane and a crawler crane on a semi trailer should be transported with the boom
pointing toward the rear and high enough to clear an automobile.
e. Secure the hook block and other loose items before moving the crane. Travel with lights on and use
proper traffic warning flags and signs. With large cranes, use front or rear flag vehicles, or two flag
vehicles. Be sure outrigger beams are retracted and outrigger pads are secured.

Heavy/Critical Lifts
Heavy/Critical Lifts include two primary groups of crane lifting operation. They are High-risk
environment crane lifts & Special critical lifts. All Critical Lifts require an approved critical lift plan.
A critical lift shall have a rigging plan consists of required radius, boom length, safe working limits
of the crane, weight of the load, ground and site conditions, placement of the crane, swing and tail
clearances, necessary boom actions, instructions to avoid side loading, rigging hardware and type
of communication.
Competent crew and rigging personnel shall be provided, for all heavy and critical lifts. Before the
actual lift commences, the following precautions shall be established:
a. A dummy run shall be made.
b. The load shall be floated approximately one (1) foot to test the mechanical condition of
crane under load and to ensure that lifting equipment are properly secured.
c. All lifts shall be carried out under the sole control of the rigging master.
d. Communications between the rigging master, rigging crew and crane operators shall be by
hand signals or radio.
e. No lifting shall proceed until all items on the checklist below have been acted on.

Slings

a. Safe working load shall be attached to the sling.


b. Every sling should have a proof load test certificate. Certificate registering rated capacity is
then attached.
c. Wire rope sling shall have a minimum safety factor of 5:1.
d. An inspection logbook shall be maintained to contain the sling I.D. number, date in service
and safe working load as stated on the proof load certificate.
e. All slings shall be visually examined for damage or defects before and after each use.
f. Slings shall be stored in an area away from extreme heat, moisture, corrosion, and kink or
run-over by vehicles.
g. All slings shall be inspected at least once a month.
h. Full details of each periodic inspection carried out by the designated inspector shall be
recorded in the inspection logbook.
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 66 -nileshj Page 66 07/09/2019

Page 66
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 66 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
i. Any sling found to be defective or damaged shall be immediately removed from service and
destroyed to prevent further use and its removal from service shall be recorded in the logbook.

Shackles

a. Shackles (Clevis) are used for making connections in rigging. They would be tested by the
manufacturer and marked with safe working load.
b. The pins are separate but matched parts of the shackles, so care must be taken to use the correct
pin for each shackle. Rebar, mild steel bolts or similar items are not acceptable replacements for
shackle pins.

Chains
a. Only alloy steel chain complying with ASTM A391 shall be used.
b. Each grade of chain should be clearly tagged by the manufacturer, and riggers would be trained to
look for the safe working load marked on each sling. They shall be forbidden to use any equipment
unless the safe working load is clearly visible.
c. All attached fittings (hooks, rings, etc.) shall be followed as prescribed by the manufacturer. Hooks,
shackles & eyebolts shall be equal to or exceed the safe working load of the chain.
d. On-site welding repairs of chain slings shall not be allowed. Damaged chains must be returned to
the manufacturer for repair or destroyed. In particular bent links, cracked welds and excessive
wear shall be watched closely.
e. Logger chains or chains used to secure truckloads shall not be used for rigging.

Builders Hoist

➢ Every builder's hoist and its tower are well constructed of sound material, are strong enough and
free from patent defects and in general are constructed in accordance with generally accepted
technical standards.
➢ The tower of every builder's hoist,
To be secured to the structure or to be braced by steel wire guy ropes and to extend to such a
distance above the highest landing as to allow a clear and unobstructed space of at least 900 mm
for over-travel.
-To be enclosed on all sides at the bottom, and at all floors where persons are liable to
be struck by moving parts of the hoist except on the side or sides giving access to the
bucket/ conveyances, with walls or other effective means to a height of at least 2100
mm from the ground or floor level.
- To be provided with a door/ gate at least 1800 mm high at each landing, & such Door/
gate to
be kept closed except when the conveyance is at rest at such a landing.
o The Bucket of builder's hoist to be carried by a steel-wire rope of breaking strength at least six
times the maximum mass load it is required to carry;
o Every builder's hoist to be provided with an efficient brake capable of holding the conveyance with
its maximum load in any position when the power is not being supplied to the hoisting machinery;
and
o Materials shall not be carried in such a way that they slip or spill from the bucket.
o Persons shall not be allowed to ride on a builder's hoist.
o Every builder's hoist to be inspected at least once every week by a person who has experience of the
erection and maintenance of builder's hoists or similar machinery, who shall determine the
serviceability of the entire builder's hoist including guides, ropes and their connections, drums,
sheaves or pulleys and all safety devices, and who shall enter and sign the result of each such
inspection in a record book which shall be kept on the premises for that purpose.
o Limit switches and Load Limiters shall be maintained operational.
o Electrical parts to be protected from rain. Proper earthing shall be provided.
o All electrically powered hoists to be equipped with an effective magnetic release brake which
automatically applies when the controlling machine is in ‘stop’ position.
o The person who picks up the load shall use safety belt.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 67 -nileshj Page 67 07/09/2019

Page 67
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 67 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
o One builder hoist shall not be used for transferring materials at two different elevations
simultaneously.
o Wire rope way on the ground shall be barricaded to prevent persons crossing over the same. If
required, crossover arrangement shall be provided. Adequate number of pulleys shall be provided
so the wire rope does not fall on the ground.
o Wire rope shall be lubricated at least once in week.
o Hoist shall be inspected on weekly basis by the P&M Engineer.
o The hoist to be inspected by competent person once in 12 months. Also, it shall be inspected by the
competent person when it undergoes major alteration or change.
o Effective arrangements to be made for clear signals for the operation of the hoist to be given from
each landing from which the builder's hoist is being used.

Signals

o Use of whistle signals on hoisting work to be avoided. Only alarm & light shall be used.
o The following set of signals of electric bells / colour lights shall be used:
- Bell & Red Light to stop
- Bell & Green Light to raise
- Bell & Yellow Light to lower
- A rapid series of bells for emergency stop.
o The signal code shall be posted next to the signal device at each work level and at operator's location.
o All words shall be in large size letters, clearly visible to all concerned.

Tirfor

o Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed.


o Tirfor shall never be released when it is under load.
o Forward and Reverse levers shall not be used at the same time.
o A secure anchorage point shall be ensured to hold the load to be handled.
o Operating lever shall not be extended using pipe or any means.
o When used with multi sheave block, it shall be ensured that they are suited to the load applied.
o Only the manufacturer supplied wire rope shall be used.
o If the operation of tirfor is difficult for one man, the operation shall be stopped and the number of
blocks shall be increased within the rated capacity of the machine.
o Wire rope shall be lubricated at least once in a week.
o Tirfor shall be inspected by P&M Personnel and maintained on weekly basis.
o Tirfor shall be inspected by a Competent Person at least once in a year and whenever it undergoes
a major change.

Chain Pulley Block


o Manufacturer’s recommendations shall be followed.
o Chain Pulley Block shall be used only for vertical lifting within its capacity. It shall never be used
for pulling the load.
o A secure anchorage point shall be ensured to hold the load to be lifted.
o Hooks of the Chain Pulley Block shall be provided with hook latch.
o Lifting hook shall never be removed from the Chain Pulley Block, as it decreases the lifting capacity
due to the reduction in number of falls of the lifting chain.
o The lifting chain shall not be wound around the load. Suitable slings shall be used.
o Chain Block to be checked & maintained by P&M Personnel on weekly basis.
o Chain Pulley Block shall be inspected by a Competent Person at least once in a year and whenever
it undergoes a major change.

RECORDS
Checklist for Cranes & hoists ,Check list for Rigging , Safety training records
Periodic maintenance records

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 68 -nileshj Page 68 07/09/2019

Page 68
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 68 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP-14 WORK AT HEIGHT

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure ,practices and precautions to be followed while working at height at all ACL
projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at ACL projects which involves working at height.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned civil supervisor, engineer & block in charge is responsible for ensuring safety while
working at height for civil works & Mechanical supervisor, engineer & block in charge is responsible for
all mechanical work carried out at height . Overall responsibility lies with Project Head.

PROCEDURE
This section outlines the Contractor responsibility in lifting operations using cranes and lifting
accessories including the inspection and certification program of certain equipment and equipment
operators.
• Make every effort to eliminate, at the Site, exposure to all fall hazards. To meet this requirement
and provide for fall protection by either engineering control or by use of safety equipment
(management control) combined with training and supervision.
• Provide and make use of primary fall protection systems such as secured ladders, scaffolds, aerial
lifts, personnel hoist, etc.; In addition, the following means of fall protection should be used:
o All stairways shall be equipped with handrails as per Standard Design and Safety Standards
including the relevant Indian Standards.
o Elevated work areas and walkways located above other work areas or walkways shall have
around the outside perimeters handrails, mid rails and toe plates in order to prevent personnel,
tools, equipment, and other objects from accidentally falling to the lower level.
o All openings in floor areas shall be covered, guarded, or made inaccessible to personnel by the
use of barricades. If covered, the cover shall be of adequate strength, good construction and have
an attached sign or be labelled reading “WARNING – TEMPORARY COVER – DO NOT STEP
OVER OR REMOVE UNLESS AUTHORISED.”
o Before starting work at any elevated place/ platform etc., submit a written Fall Protection Plan
for review and approval of higher site management team. As a minimum, the plan shall include:
- A list of all anticipated tasks to be performed at elevated locations.
- The proposed method(s) of Fall Protection for each task, using in order of preference.
- Elimination of fall hazards (through engineered means)
- Prevention of falls (by changing work procedures of the work environment), control of falls
(through the use of fall arrest equipment and 100% protection philosophy).
- A plan view of the work area shall include proposed attachment/ anchor points of good
construction & adequate strength for the fall protection system.
- All wire rope safety lines/ life line used for lanyard attachment shall be of 12 mm wire rope or
equivalent.
- The manufacturer and model number of each component of all arrest equipment shall be
documented with respect to:
Full-body harness system : Anchorage connector
Double Lanyard : Energy shock absorber
Self-locking snap hook :Ladder safety system
Safety net system ;Beam straps :Retractable Life Lines etc.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 69 -nileshj Page 69 07/09/2019

Page 69
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 69 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
It must contain Name(s) and qualifications of competent person(s) related to fall prevention and
protection. Names of personnel trained in proper use of fall arrest equipment shall only use the
• Personnel when working at elevated levels shall use personal fall arrest systems. Elevated level is
defined as 1.8 meters above a normal work surface or where a fall hazard exists.
• These fall arrest systems must be able to provide 100% fall protection at all times when at or above
elevated levels. Equipment recommended for this purpose is full body harness with lanyards and
retractable line blocks used with full body harnesses.
• All employees working or travelling more than 1.8 meters above ground level shall use secondary
fall protection. All fall protection devices shall not be used for any other purpose than employee
safeguarding.
• All fixed ladders shall be equipped with a fall protection system for the climber. Hazard analysis
shall be conducted and documented. This hazard analysis should explain in detail the reason for
not utilizing the fall protection system and provide alternate methods or climbing procedures for
the safety of the individual.
• Provide training to their workers in the proper use and care of all fall protection equipment that is
used at the Site.
• Inspect fall protection equipment on a regular basis and maintain certification as per
manufacturer’s recommendations. Records of these inspections and certifications must be
maintained at the field and document control office. These records should be kept updated and on
file as confirmation of compliance.
• Metal ladders are not permitted for work where there is a possibility of coming in contact with
electrical shock hazards.

LADDER
General
o The design of ladder shall conform to IS 3696 . Make shift ladders shall not be permitted.
o Metal ladder shall be either of steel complying with IS-1977:1975, or of aluminum alloy complying
with the suitable grade of IS 617:1975
o All ladders shall be designed to carry their intended load safely.
o Side rails (Stiles) of metal ladders shall be of sufficient cross-section to prevent excessive deflection
in use.
o Slip-resistant shoes, lashing or other means shall be used to avoid danger of slipping.

Stock Ladders
o Overall length of stock ladders shall not exceed 10m.
o The width between side rails at the base shall in no case be less than 290 mm for ladders up to 3
m in length. In the case of metal ladders, metal rungs shall be made of solid round steel rods or
steel pipe and securely fastened to the side rails by riveting, bolting or welding.

Step Ladders
o The overall height of step ladders shall not exceed 6m.
o Ladders to be provided with an automatic locking device/ spreader to hold it in an open position.
o The minimum width between side rails at top step, inside to inside, shall be not less than 300 mm
with a spread of 25 mm for each 300 mm of length of spread ladder.

Extension of Ladders
o The overall length of the extension ladder shall not exceed 18m.
o The sliding section shall not exceed two in number.
o Locks and guides shall be of such design and construction as to make the extension ladder equal
in strength to a ladder of equal length constructed of continuous side rails.
o When using an extension the overlap of any two sections should be as follows:
- Closed length of less than 5m – 1 ½ rungs
- 5m - 6m – 2 ½ rungs

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 70 -nileshj Page 70 07/09/2019

Page 70
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 70 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
- over 6m – 3 ½ rungs
-
Trestle Ladders
o Trestle ladders shall not exceed 6 m in length.
o The sections shall be so hinged at the top that when the ladder is spread, they form equal angles
with the base.
o The rungs shall not be less than 30 mm in diameter shall be spaced not more than 450 mm apart
centre to centre.
o minimum distance between side-rails of trestle ladders shall be not less than 300 mm.
o A locking device or spreader shall be provided to hold the front and back sections securely in an
open position.

Built up Ladders (Fixed Ladder)


o All surfaces of the ladder shall be planed, free of splinters and edge of hand rails used shall be
bevelled.
o Rung spacing shall be uniform and not over 300 mm on centers. Rungs shall be recessed at least
12 mm into rails/stiles.
o When height exceeds 9m, landing platform to be provided..
o Top and bottom of built-up ladder shall be securely fastened to the structure.

Inspection of Ladders
• Before use, all ladders shall be tested for load test. They shall have not only adequate strength but
rigidity as well.
• Metal ladders shall be inspected at least once in three months and all parts checked for wear,
corrosion and structural failure.
• All ladders shall be inspected, if incidentally dropped or otherwise damaged in use.

Usage of Ladders
• Ladders leading to landings, walkways or Working Platform shall extend at least one metre above
the landing & be secured at the upper end as shown in the above sketch.
• Ladder to be placed on a firm, level ground. It shall be provided with slip resistant feet or someone
shall hold the ladder so that it does not slip. As a further precaution, the ladder shall be placed at
a slope as shown in the sketch below.
• If the use of ladder is essential during strong winds, it shall be secured in position.
• No ladder shall be placed against window panes, sashes or such other unsafe or yielding objects,
nor placed in front of doors opening towards it.
• When ascending or descending, the user shall face the ladder, use both his hands and place his
feet near the ends of the rungs rather than near the middle.
• The user shall always maintain three-point-contact as shown in the above sketch.
• No ladder having a missing, defective rung or one which depends for its support solely on nails,
shall be used. Defective ladders to be properly repaired or replaced.
• Hand tool and objects shall not be carried in hands while climbing up or down. Waist-bag shall be
used for this purpose.
• Ladders made of metal/conductive materials shall not be used in the vicinity of overhead electrical
lines.
• Ladders shall not be used as guys, braces or skids or for any other purpose for which they are not
intended. They shall not be used in horizontal position as runways or crossover.
• Ladders shall not be spliced to increase the height.
• Use of items like chair, barrel or box as a makeshift ladder shall not be permitted.

RECORDS

Check list for working at height , Check list for Scaffold & Scaf Tag.
Work permit & tool Box Talk record.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 71 -nileshj Page 71 07/09/2019

Page 71
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 71 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP-15 SCAFFOLD & ELEVATED WORK PLATFORM

PURPOSE
This minimum standard is established as a guide for the safe erection, usage, alteration and
dismantling of metal scaffolds for the purpose of construction, maintenance, repair and demolishing
works at all ACL projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL projects which require scaffolding to
execute work..

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned site supervisor / engineer / block in charge are responsible for ensuring necessary
precautions are taken while executing work using scaffolding. Overall responsibility lies with
Project Head.

PROCEDURE
All the material used for scaffolds shall comply to IS 4014 (I & II) 1967
Guidelines for Tube and Coupler Independent Scaffolding

Light Duty Medium Duty Heavy Duty


Uniformly Distributed Load 122 kg/m2 244 kg/m2 366 kg/m2
(25 psi) (50 psi) (75 psi)
Steel Tubing Outer Diameter 25.4 mm 25.4 mm 25.4 mm
Transverse distance between Posts 1.8 m 1.8 m 1.8 m
Longitudinal Distance between Posts 3.0 m 2.4 m 1.98 m
Vertical distance between Runners 1.8 m 1.8 m 1.8 m
(Ledgers/Bearers)

• Scaffold should be erected by only trained scaffolders under the supervision of a competent
supervisor .When a scaffold is erected the following points have to adhered to.
• All the scaffold material have to checked for any damages
• The place where the scaffold is to be erected has to level & compact enough to with stand the load
of the scaffold & also the live & dead load exerted on it.
• All environment conditions have to be checked like wind, rain etc..
• The proximity of electric lines
Once the above factors are considered erection can be started

Foundations, Base Plates and Sole Plates/Sole Boards

i) All standards must rest on base plates. The surface shall be level, solid and free of run-off water.
On soft ground, the area of sole plates or sole boards should be not less than 1700 cm2 when used
under one standard and should not be less than 3400 cm2 when two are combined under two
standards, and minimum width of 220mm and 35mm thick (if wooden).
ii) On hard ground, sole boards shall be used in the same manner as for soft ground but be of a
minimum size of 1000 cm2.
iii) Base plates shall be placed on the centre of sole boards.
iv) Base plate for Single pole scaffolds shall be 12 mm thick and shall be of dimensions 50 x 200mm
for light duty scaffold and 100mm x 200mm for Heavy duty scaffold.
v) Base plate for double pole tied scaffolds shall 12 mm thick and shall be of dimensions 50 x 200mm
for light duty scaffold and 50mm x 250mm for Heavy duty scaffold.

Pipe Scaffolding

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 72 -nileshj Page 72 07/09/2019

Page 72
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 72 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
i) For pipe scaffolding, sole board of wood of minimum 3” thickness or minimum 3” width channel to
be used.
ii) For heavy duty pipe scaffolding, 2” diameter pipe of 16 gauge to be used for heavy duty pipe
scaffolding and 18 gauge for light duty scaffolding, clamps (coupler) used shall be IS marked and
the load bearing capacity should be of minimum 300 kgs.
iii) During erection the first ledger to be fixed at the height of 6” from the base of the standard.
iv) A bay height of 2.0 metres to be maintained. At the edge of the scaffolding additional ledgers shall
be placed between the bay heights which can be used as a ladder.
v) Bay width to be of 1.5 metres. Bay length to be maintained refer 3.5.12.
vi) While extending the scaffolding vertically as well as horizontally an overlap of minimum 1.2 metres
should be kept and minimum 3 clamps (coupler) to be fixed in a unidirectional manner.

Working Platforms

i) Every working platform shall be fully boarded with toe boards, top and mid guard rails on all open
sides, and a gate.
ii) A maximum gap of 300mm on closed sides shall be maintained. The maximum gap between the
scaffold and the structure should be of 300mm where workers are required to sit on the edge of
the platform nearest the structure and where ropes or chains provide a secure handhold.. Where
practicable the gap should be closed by using cantilever platform brackets at platform level.
iii) The maximum overhang of wooden planks is 4 times the thickness of the board i.e a scaffold
platform plank shall not project beyond its end supports to a distance exceeding four times the
thickness of the plank unless it is effectively secured to prevent tipping. Cantilever of scaffold
planks shall be avoided. Ledgers or putlogs should be erected to support the end of such planks.
iv) A minimum distance of 1200mm shall be maintained between transoms supporting wooden
planks.
v) Planking boards shall be of 35mm x 200mm for Light duty scaffolds and 50mm x 200mm for heavy
duty scaffolds.
vi) Planks shall be secured individually at 2 positions (preferably at ends) using nylon, coconut rope
or binding wire.
vii) Gaps between planks shall be kept to a possible zero.
viii) When working on the platform, a harness is not required unless the type of work requires it.

Toe boards

Toe boards shall be a minimum of 150mm high, 50 mm thick (for heavy duty) , 35 mm thick (for light
duty) .and cover all sides of the platform. For some tasks, some sides may be exempted from this
requirement but alternate falling object protection must be addressed in the Task Analysis/ Job Safety
Analysis.

Bracing

i) Ledger bracing must be installed to every lift and on every alternate pair of standards. When the
spacing of standards is 1.50m or less, the ledger bracing may be fixed to every third pair of
standards.
ii) Sway /Façade bracing must be installed from the first standard up to every lift and along the
scaffold at a space not greater than 10m or one bracing across the face of the scaffold.
iii) Single pole scaffolds shall be braced longitudinally and the double pole scaffolds shall be braced
both longitudinally and transversely so that the scaffolds form a rigid and stable structure.
iv) Longitudinal bracing shall be provided on the outer face of the scaffolding by the means of a
diagonal face bracing in the end bays and one or more diagonal face braces or façade braces
between the end bays pitched at an angle to form a diagonal across the bays; zig zag face bracing
in the end bays and also in intermediate bays.
v) Braces shall be attached to standards and as closely as possible near the junction with the ledgers
and shall extend from base to the top of the scaffold.
vi) The maximum distance between the braced bays in any lift of scaffold shall not exceed 10m.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 73 -nileshj Page 73 07/09/2019

Page 73
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 73 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
vii) The brace member shall be continuous without any break except when it is necessary to change
the direction of the brace.

A scaffold has to be braced at every 4 mts to an rigid structure.In case of double pole scaffolds, in
addition to face or zig zag bracings, transverse bracing or ‘heel’ and ‘toe’ braces shall also be provided
at each end of the scaffold and if the length of the scaffold exceeds 15 metres, it shall be provided in
addition at intervals not exceeding 15 metres apart.

Fall Protection for Scaffolders

i) All Scaffolders shall wear a full body double lanyard harness with scaffolding hooks at all times
during erection and dismantling. One lanyard must be anchored all time.
ii) Ring clamps shall be attached to the longest standards prior to their erection to enable lanyards
to be connected above head level (one ring clamp and standard per worker)
iii) Scaffolders shall work from fully planked out decks and top guardrails will be installed as the decks
are completed except when full decks and handrails are not possible. In these situation fall arrest
systems must be used until full decks can be completed
iv) When dismantling, the reverse order of erection shall be followed (Last installed, first removed)
v) Temporary decks (full widths) are to be installed when carrying out modifications and repairs

Any fall prevention or fall protection system must comply with the requirements of the ACL “Working
at Heights” procedure

Guardrails

i) Guardrails shall be progressively installed as decks are planked out.


ii) The railings shall consist of a top rail from 900 to 1050mm above the platform level and
intermediate rail half way between the top rail and the platform.

Scaff Tag
a) As the scaffold is erected, Scaff Tags shall be displayed by the Scaffolder at the most obvious
access points to communicate the status of the scaffold.
b) Once the scaffold has been approved by the , green Scaff Tag(s) shall be displayed at the scaffold
entry point(s). Green tag signifies that the scaffolding has been erected, inspected and certified as
being safe.
c) Yellow tag will be affixed when the scaffolding is under construction or maintenance. Yellow tag
shall be displayed if the scaffolding has not been inspected for more than 7 days. Using the yellow
tag will allow scaffold erectors to isolate parts of the scaffolding that are under maintenance or
construction without interfering with activity progress in other sections.
d) The red tag shall be displayed on incomplete scaffolding or scaffolding that has been deemed
dangerous and not approved .
e) Any person other than scaffold erectors and supervisor found on the scaffold when a Red tag is
displayed or altering the Scaff Tag shall face severe disciplinary action and an Incident Record
shall be made.

ELEVATED WORK PLATFORM

i) Mobile and tower scaffolds shall be plumb, level, and square and be horizontally and vertically
braced (in both directions) by diagonal braces.
ii) Plan (horizontal) bracing shall be installed at the base, at the top, and at least every third lift of all
mobile and tower scaffolds to prevent racking (twisting).
iii) Light duty tube and coupler mobile and tower scaffolds (use only for personnel access and
inspection) that are one bay long one bay wide (only 4 post) and constructed entirely of steel tubing
shall have a maximum spacing of 2 meters (6.5 feet) in both directions. In this case, at least two
equally spaced board bearers (intermediate transoms) shall be used.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 74 -nileshj Page 74 07/09/2019

Page 74
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 74 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
iv) Medium duty tube and coupler mobile and tower scaffolds that are one bay long by one bay wide
(only 4 post) shall be entirely constructed of steel tubing manufactured and as per IS and shall
have a maximum post spacing of 1.5 meters (5 feet) in both directions.
v) For mobile scaffolds, an internal ladder with a cover (preferably hinged) over the access hole in the
platform is preferred over an external ladder. If an external ladder must be used, it shall be
installed vertically on the narrow side of the scaffold (to minimize the potential for overturning)
and a step-through opening in the guardrail system (protected by a self-closing drop-bar at top
rail height) shall be provided, instead of workers having to climb over the guardrails.
vi) Where levelling of a mobile or tower scaffold is necessary, screw jacks shall be used.
vii) Mobile scaffolds rated for Light duty shall have steel casters not less than 120 mm (5 inches) in
diameter.
viii) Mobile scaffold rated for Medium duty shall have heavy-duty steel casters not less than 170 mm
(7 inches) in diameter.
ix) All castors shall be fitted with positive wheel lock (which cannot be accidentally released) to
prevent movement while the mobile scaffold is being used.
x) Castors shall be securely fixed to the base of scaffold posts or screw jacks by locking pins.
xi) The working area of any platform shall not extend outside the scaffold base dimensions.
Cantilevered working areas are not permitted for mobile or tower scaffolds.
xii) Platform units (planks) shall be securely fixed in position.
xiii)The uppermost work platform height shall not exceed 4 times the minimum base dimension of
any mobile or tower scaffold. Where the basic scaffold does not meet this requirement,
outriggers shall be installed on the scaffold to achieve this least base dimension, or provisions
(such as guys, ties or rakers) shall be taken to stabilize the scaffold against tipping.
vx) A complete guardrail system shall be provided at every platform.

RECORDS: Check list for Scaffolding & Work permit.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 75 -nileshj Page 75 07/09/2019

Page 75
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 75 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP-16 SLIP FORM/ JUMP FORM SHUTTERING

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure ,practices and precautions to be followed while using jump/slip form
shuttering at all ACL projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL projects which require jump/slip form to
execute work.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned site civil supervisor / engineer / block in charge in coordination with the Electrical &
Mechanical engineers is responsible for ensuring necessary precautions are taken while executing
work using e. Overall responsibility lies with Project in charge.

PROCEDURE
A slip form consists of a framework of horizontal walings and vertical yokes. The slip form panels are
connected to each other on inside of the walings. Each side of slip form is connected to vertical yokes
that keep panels in position. The jacks for lifting of form are installed on horizontal crossbeam
between yokes. When slip form is lifted, all the jacks are activated simultaneously. Hydraulic driven
jack is most commonly used. The slip form panel is normally between 1.1 and 1.3 meters high and
made up of steel plates.
Principles of vertical slip forming are illustrated in Figure 1. The slip form panels normally have an
inclination in vertical plane in order to make panel self-clearing in relation to concrete wall. The
inclination depends on stiffness of the slip form panel and concrete pressure. The slip form panel has
variable stiffness depending on position and dimension of each yokes and walings. Slip form operation
is a continuous working process where the slip form is kept close to full of concrete while it is lifted
stepwise. The concrete is placed in 100 to 250 mm thick layers whenever the freeboard height is
sufficient. The slip form rate is adjusted so that initial set in concrete occur between 200 to 400 mm
above bottom of the panel. Depending on inclination of panel, concrete detach the slip form panel
above the hardening front where concrete skeleton is rigid enough to resist back sliding. The slip form
rate is planned based on complexity of concrete structure, skills of the work force and available
inventory of materials. The setting time of concrete is adjusted to fit planned slipform rate. The setting
time of concrete depends on the temperature, concrete composition, and properties of the cement.
Concrete setting time is adjusted by using admixtures like retarder or accelerator. Relation between
concrete setting time and slip form rate is calculated by using the following equation (Foss, Kjell Tares,
2001).
VS = (h1- h2) / (ts - tt)
Where VS = Slip form rate [mm / h] h1 = The distance from the top of the slip form panel to the
average curing front [mm]
h2 = The distance from top of the slip form panel to the average freeboard [mm]
ts = Setting time [h]
tt = Time from mixing of the concrete to placing [ h ]

Slip form temperature and transfer of heat from lower concrete layer are taken into consideration
when calculating setting time for concrete. The lifting of the panel is carried out at regular intervals
depending on the slip form rate. The lifting height is adjusted from 10 to 25 mm depending on desired
frequency of lifting. With a hydraulic system, lifting operation is carried out by increasing oil pressure.
When oil pressure is sufficient to overcome friction and weight of the form, slip form starts to lift. After
slip form is lifted, the form is let down until brakes of the jacks are activated, normally 2 mm
downwards.

Slip form Components and Their Functions

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 76 -nileshj Page 76 07/09/2019

Page 76
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 76 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Yoke Legs Yoke legs are used to lift the slip form structure as one integral unit, transfer lifting
reactions to jacks and acts as the main connecting member for walkway platforms, masons’ scaffold,
yoke beams, top platforms, etc.

Walkway Bracket (Inside and Outside) Inside and outside brackets are connected with the respective
yoke legs with the help of a pin for easy erection and dismantling along with a pipe strut to support
cantilever portion to facilitate placing of concrete, placing of reinforcement, vibration, fixing inserts,
block outs, pockets, etc.

Shutters and Walers The function of shutters and waler assemblies is to maintain correct profile of
structure to be slip formed and resist concreting pressure.

Lifting Jacks Lifting jacks facilitate lifting of Slip form assembly. Jacks are to be suitably located
preferably at equal intervals to enable to lift slip form as one integral unit. Capacity of jacks is decided
depending upon the reactions at point of lifting.

Jacking/Climbing Rods Jacking rods are normally located centrally in the wall to be cast or at equal
distance in yoke beams depending upon the number of jacks. The jacking rods are generally of 48mm,
32mm, or 25mm in diameter based upon the capacity of jacks. The lifting jack climbs over the jack
rod. The entire load of the Slip form assembly is transferred to jacking rods when jacks are energized.
Hydraulic Pump Hydraulic pumps are provided to circulate required quantity of hydraulic oil at
desired pressure for energizing jacks to lift the assembly and facilitate its uniform lifting.

Tapered Sleeve Tapered sleeve tubes are provided to prevent fresh concrete coming in contact with
jack rods, thus, facilitates extraction of jack rods later. Taper sleeves are attached to yoke beam and
move along with slip form and create a hole in concrete around jack rod.

Yoke Beams Yoke is main connecting member between inside and outside yoke legs. Two yoke beams
are connected at bottom portion of yoke legs and a single yoke beam is connected at top portion. Jacks
are mounted over yoke beams. Yoke beam transfers lifting forces of jacks to yoke legs.
Waler Shoe Two waler shoes are provided on each of inside and outside yoke legs. Waler shoes are
connected to yoke legs and waler pipes with the help of full threaded bolts. The functions of waler shoe
are to adjust inclination of the shutter, adjusting the inclination of yokes and transfer reactions from
waler pipes to yoke legs.

Central Ring and Tie Rod Assembly Central ring and tie rod assembly is provided to retain shape of
structure to be slip formed. Central ring and flying tie rod assembly moves along with slip form.

Tapered Cross Section


Adjustments are made for inclination of wall, radius and wall thickness if structure under construction
has tapered cross section. For inclination of wall, the yoke legs are positioned in such a way that
thickness of wall at top and bottom varies. Generally, by providing about 2 mm less to shutter
arrangement at top and 2 mm more at bottom, shutter inclination differs by 4 mm per meter vertical
height of wall for both inside and outside shutter. The additional taper of yokes prevent drag of form
panel with concrete. The adjustment for varying radius is done by means of radius screws. Two wall
thickness screws, one on inside yoke leg and one on outside yoke leg are provided for changing thickness
of wall
There are three platforms supported on yokes. The top platform also known as “Top Deck” is used for
receiving and distributing concrete, other materials and operating men, second level platform is provided
inside and outside at the level of form panels to facilitate vibration of concrete, tying of reinforcement,
fixing of inserts and pockets, etc. and third platform is provided below form panel for masons to finish
concrete exposed from slip form shutter, to expose inserts, dowels, etc. and for curing of concrete.

Operations in Vertical Slip forming

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 77 -nileshj Page 77 07/09/2019

Page 77
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 77 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Slip forming is not always the most efficient erection method for concrete. Each project is evaluated for
suitability and economics of slip forming technology.

Design and Assembly of Form and Jacks

Several design considerations are taken into account for designing a slipform system. Slip forms are
typically constructed of 20 mm waterproof shuttering plywood sheet & steel. Forms are coated in plastics
to reduce friction and extend life of form for large pours. Forms are typically 1.2–1.5 m in height, and
battered 4 mm/1200 mm vertically to reduce form friction and concrete tear out.
Jacking system supports the slip form. The jacking system resists form, platform, crew and transferred
hydrostatic concrete pressures from yokes and form whalers. These pneumatic or hydraulic jacks are
high capacity that is 3–25 Tonnes each. Jack placement depends on vertical forces and lateral pressures
of the form. Jacks are limited by the strength of jack legs, vertical steel members placed inside form
walls for vertical movement, which they ride on. Jacks are placed in such a manner that forces on the
form are resisted for a uniform vertical lift.
Yoke is, upside down “U” shaped members holding slip form walls in place. It resists hydrostatic
pressure of wet concrete and transfers this load onto jacks. Yokes are designed to allow clearance for
workers to erect steel, vibrate and place concrete efficiently.
The assembling of vertical slip form carried out by casting the starter and checking the starter for
correctness in level and diameter and chipping and making corrections, if required. Subsequently,
activities like positioning vertical and horizontal reinforcement for correct cover, fixing inside and outside
staging brackets/erecting scaffold pipes and timber runners, connecting the walkway brackets and
checking its level, tying vertical and horizontal reinforcement up to shutter top height, marking the
position of inside and outside yokes in the starter and ensuring that three sets of yoke are located in
between two tower verticals follows. It further involves assembling the inside form panel, introducing
MS washers at regular intervals and fixing top and bottom waler pipes, fixing timber supports both
horizontal and inclined to align the shutter, fixing the waler shoe and inside-outside yoke legs, adjusting
waler shoe and checking Its verticality, keeping timber supports for waler shoe, aligning form panel by
supports and fixing yoke beams one at top and another at bottom with check for verticality of yoke beam
with spirit level, fixing inside and outside walkway brackets and finishing final alignment by suitably
adjusting waler shoe bolts, ensuring that all walers are touching form panels, fixing the timber decking,
fixing top platform pipes with pipe guides, fixing jacks and making hydraulic pipe connections, testing
jacks and hydraulic pipes for leakages and replacing wherever required, fixing two sets of flying tie rod
assembly, properly supporting the central ring and uniformly tightening the turn buckles located
diametrically opposite, fixing tapered sleeves for jack rods, energizing slip form after filling form and
removing temporary supports, fixing inside and outside hanging scaffold and doing planking and tying
safety nets.

Steel Deck and Elevator Erection


Deck levelling ensures that the slip form remains plumb. Total horizontal deviation at any one point is
not to exceed 5 mm for structures for height of 3.0 m or less or 1/600 times height for structures greater
than 3.0 m in height (Hurd, 1989). Deck level is established either with the help of a system of horizontal
tubes or by laser and electronic distance meter (EDM) combination. Lasers are used to determine vertical
plumb while the EDM is used to determine the elevation. Regardless of the jacking, form material, and
levelling systems chosen, materials are required to be supplied to the slip form efficiently. Adequate
space is provided for material lay-down and concrete receiving and distribution. Steel erection and
elevator construction is done simultaneously with slipping. Elevators are erected in shafts being slipped
as long as vertical tolerances are maintained. Erecting steel structure and concrete core simultaneously
paves way for other activities that typically follow erection of concrete and steel.

Reinforcement, Concreting, and Slip form Movement


The progress of Slip form is mainly affected by timely tying of reinforcement bars. In view of constraints
of space certain precautions are considered while making schedule, for example, in view of convenience
in lifting and handling the length of vertical and horizontal bars is restricted to 5 m, the diagonal bars
around openings are avoided, stirrups are taken in two pieces only, alternate bars are placed nearby as
substitutes for verticals in yoke beam locations.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 78 -nileshj Page 78 07/09/2019

Page 78
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 78 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Proper concreting of slip form is essential for successful completion of the structure. Designed mix
slightly sandy with round aggregate is used with ascertained initial setting time with or without retarders
in accordance with atmospheric conditions and designed rate of slip form movement. Additional
precautions such as proper insulation of form panels, heating system for platforms, heating of ‘mixing
water’ with boilers, heating of aggregates, slowing down the lifting rate of form, heating the shutter
during cold weather concreting are taken.

Concrete is delivered to the form either with the help of crane and bucket or pumping. Concrete is
bucketed to hoppers on the top deck and then distributed to the form walls for placement. Concrete is
pumped into a large hopper on working decks and then distributed to the form walls.

Slip form speed is determined by the amount of time the concrete in the top of the form needs before it
is able to support itself and retain its shape (Camellerie, 1978). Slip forms move typically average 45
mm per hour. With advancements in jacking system, concrete mix and experience, form depths is
increased by 15 mm or more and is lift at speed up to 60 mm per hour or more (Risser, 1995).

Finishing and Curing

Slip forming has two typical finishes that is wet finishing and dry finishes. A wet finish is a rubber float
finish applied as the structure being slipped. Dry finishing is applied after the forms have been removed.
Workers are suspended from swing stages to apply the final finish. In either case, plaster or skim coat
is applied for a smooth finish. Sand blasting is not recommended for slip form concrete, usually uniform
finish is difficult to achieve. Because slip form speed is determined by setting ability of concrete low
slump, high early strength concrete is required for structurally adequate results. Curing is typically
done before slip form dismantling Once finishing of an area is complete and the original wet finish has
nearly disappeared.

RECORDS:

Check list for slip form , Work Permit

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 79 -nileshj Page 79 07/09/2019

Page 79
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 79 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP-17 FORMWORK

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure ,practices and precautions to be followed while using shuttering at all ACL
projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL projects which require formwork to
execute work.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned site civil supervisor / engineer / block in charge is responsible for ensuring necessary
precautions are taken while executing work using from work. Overall responsibility lies with Project in
charge.

PROCEDURE
This section outlines the standard requirements in the construction of formwork supports for concrete
pouring.
General Requirements
Contractor ensures that all formwork supports are constructed in accordance to the standard
requirements of concerned authority. Concrete construction and masonry works shall meet the
applicable requirements for design and construction.
Forms and Shoring
a. Form work and shoring shall be designed, erected, supported, braced and maintained so that it
will safely support all vertical and lateral loads that may be imposed upon it during concrete
pouring.
b. During pouring operations, personnel shall not be allowed under or in close proximity of the
formwork. A clear area at least 1-1/2 times the highest point of the form work shall be maintained
for personnel not engaged in the cement pouring activity.
c. Drawings or plans showing the jack layout, formwork, shoring, working decks, and scaffolding,
shall be available at the job site.
d. Stripped forms and shoring shall be removed and stockpiled promptly after stripping, in all areas
in which persons are required to work or pass. Protruding nails, wire ties, and other form
accessories not necessary to subsequent work shall be pulled, cut, or other means taken to
eliminate the hazard.
e. Imposition of any construction loads on the partially completed structure shall not be permitted
unless such loading has been considered in the design approved by concerned Representative.
Vertical Shoring Requirements
a. When temporary storage of reinforcing rods, materials, or equipment on top of formwork becomes
necessary, these areas to be strengthened, shored to meet the intended loads.
b. The sills for shoring to be sound, rigid,& capable of carrying the maximum intended load.
c. All shoring equipment shall be inspected prior to erection with approval from concerned
Representative to determine that it is as specified in the shoring layout. Any equipment found not
conforming to the requirements should not be used for shoring.
d. Erected shoring equipment shall be inspected immediately prior to and immediately after the
placement of concrete. Any shoring equipment that is found to be damaged or weakened shall be
immediately reinforced or re-shored.
e. Re-shoring shall be provided when necessary to safely support slabs and beams after stripping, or
where such members are subjected to superimposed loads due to construction work done.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 80 -nileshj Page 80 07/09/2019

Page 80
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 80 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP-18 REINFORCEMENT

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure ,practices and precautions to be followed while doing reinforcement work at
all ACL projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL projects which require reinforcement to
execute work.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned site civil supervisor / engineer / block in charge is responsible for ensuring necessary
precautions are taken while executing work using reinforcement. Overall responsibility lies with Project
in charge.

PROCEDURE

General Requirements
Contractor ensures that all reinforcement are in accordance to the standard requirements of concerned
authority. Reinforcement works shall meet the applicable requirements for design and construction.

Storage
All steel that are part of the construction will be stored in proper place & stacked according
to its diameter over a wooden runner piece & the area to be barricaded, a separate enclosure for storing
of waste/ cut pieces has to maintained & disposed off at regular intervals.

Cutting machine
Only competent person to operate the machine, electrical safety have to be ensured , the machine has
to be in good operating condition with guards in place. A chart has to be displayed mentioning the
number of various diameter of the rods that has to feed in to the machine that has to cut. During
cutting the safety plate to be used.

Bending machine.

It has to ensured that the machine is in good working condition & properly earthed. proper Platform
has to be constructed for feeding the rod & periodic inspection has to be carried out for proper
functioning of the limit switch to prevent the hazard of recoil of the rod due to excessive force imparted
on it. All necessary PPEs has to be worn.

RECORDS

Work permit , Check list for Reinforcement ,Periodic Inspection of machinery

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 81 -nileshj Page 81 07/09/2019

Page 81
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 81 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP-19 WELDING & GAS CUTTING

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure, practices and precautions to be followed / while carrying out welding,
cutting or other forms of torch operations in any of ACL projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL which uses welding, cutting or other forms
of torch operations.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned site supervisor / engineer / block in charge are responsible for ensuring workers are
wearing the relevant PPE and necessary precautions are taken while carrying out welding operations.
Overall responsibility lies with Project Head.

PROCEDURE
• All welding and cutting operations conducted safe area shall be conducted with a Hot Work Permit
and have a designated trained Fire Watch.
• All welders must be certified and the certifying authority must be approved by the appropriate
authority. Copies of the certification shall be retained on file for review.
• Only a designated certified welder performs welding and cutting operations.
• All welding leads have proper connectors that lock together and prevent moisture from invading the
electrical connectors. Slices are not permitted in welding lead lines. Welding leads & rods must be
inspected prior to use. Rods must be removed from the holder when left attended.
• Fire extinguisher to be kept & easily accessible from welding & gas cutting activity areas.
• All gas and oxygen bottles have regulators attached at the cylinder’s valve stem. Regulators must be
in good operating condition at all times.
• All cutting torch lines to have flashback arrestors installed of L&T/ ESSAB at regulator & torch head
end.
• Air gas and air hoses are connected with appropriate connectors that lock together. Splicing of these
lines with pipe nipples with worm gear clamps shall not be allowed.
• All full compressed gas cylinders (e.g. acetylene and oxygen) have a non-combustible barrier at least 5
feet (1.5 m) high with a fire resistant rating of at least ½ hour between them in the storage racks or
placed a minimum of 20 feet (6.1 m) apart and empty and full cylinders stored separately. It is essential
to ensure that
o All bottles are stored in an upright position and chained or secured in place.
o Protective valve caps are installed on all cylinders whether full or empty.
o Be properly labeled with the cylinders content.
o Stored out of direct sunlight and away from potential heat or ignition sources.
o Have a leak test (with soapy water) conducted when delivered to the facility or Site to confirm no
leakage. The cylinder shall be properly tagged to confirm the test. Leaking cylinders shall not be
accepted at the Site & shall be returned to the supplier promptly.
• All compressed gas cylinders in use in the workplace are secured in place in an appropriate
cart or chained in place to prevent them from falling over.
• Protective screens shall be put in place around welding, cutting, & grinding operations to
prevent exposure to flash burns, slag, or sparks to strike other personnel.
• All cutting torch acetylene and oxygen bottles must be closed off and the hoses bled down to
zero pressure when no longer being used.
• Welders are provided with appropriate PPE for conducting welding and cutting torch
operations. These PPE shall include but not be limited to
o Combination hard hat and welding hood with at least a #10 filter lens with a safety lens on
both sides of the filter lens
o Leather welding gloves and shroud (to cover shoulders and upper chest area when performing
overhead welding and cutting torch operations).
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 82 -nileshj Page 82 07/09/2019

Page 82
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 82 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
o Cutting torch goggles with at least a #3 filter lens with a safety lens on both sides of the filter lens.
• Only approved torch strikers shall be used .Matches & lighter is prohibited.

RECORDS : Work Permit , Check list for welding/gas cutting , Tool Box talk.

SOP- 20 CONFINED SPACE

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure, practices and precautions to be followed / while carrying out any sort if work
in an confined space at any of ACL projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL which involves work to be carried in an
confined space.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned site supervisor / engineer / block in charge are responsible for ensuring workers are
wearing the relevant PPE and necessary precautions are taken while carrying out work in an confined
space. Overall responsibility lies with Project Head

PROCEDURE
Hazards can be encountered where work is carried out in tanks, vats, vessels, pipes, or other
confined space deemed to be a confined space by S&W. For this reason the subcontractor will be
required to produce a detailed risk assessment report conducted by Competent Persons, in addition to
a method statement.
The following processes are especially dangerous when carried out in confined spaces:
• Paint spraying
• Preheating (naked flame) ,Welding , Arc air gouging
• Use of cleaning fluids (solvents) , Abrasive blasting
The dangers involved include:
• Asphyxiation , Explosion, Fire , Noise Dust & fumes, Electrocution
• Oxygen enrichment or deficiency , Heat Exhaustion
(Note: some equipment has been filled with nitrogen to prevent corrosion during shipping).

General Requirements
a. The risk assessment report and method statements for work in confined spaces should address the
following as a minimum:
Work scope and method , Nominated Supervisor
• Standby Person for Safety Watch
• Rescue procedures and equipment , Training
• Tools & Equipment used
• Lighting requirements, including standby/emergency
• Explosion proof fittings , Low voltage or pneumatic tools , Ventilation
• Access , Bonding to prevent both electrical shock and static discharge
• Work cycles, to reduce risk of heat exhaustion
• Fire safety and extinguisher requirements
b. No entry or work shall commence in any excavation, tank, vessel, pipe or chamber or other enclosed
space, until a valid permit to work has been issued by S&W. Where subcontractor operations may
result in a dangerous atmosphere arising during the work activity the HSE Manager must be made
aware of this before permit issue. No new activity shall be introduced into a confined space without
the permission and signed approval of the permit to work issuing authority.
c. While work is ongoing within a confined space, a standby person will be required to provide for a
Safety Watch.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 83 -nileshj Page 83 07/09/2019

Page 83
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 83 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
d. The Standby Person for Safety Watch will collect all badges upon entry and return them on exiting
the confined space. The Standby Person will be fully conversant with first aid and the emergency
procedures for the site, including contact numbers and will have radio communication with the
supervisor.
e. Confined space workers must adhere to all procedures without fail, particularly with regards to
atmospheric testing, hot work and electricity.
f. No worker will be authorized to conduct activities in the confined space unless they have completed
the confined space training course and approved by ACL HSE Manager

FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION


General Considerations
o Either the work-piece shall be moved to a safe location for carrying gas-cutting work or Combustible
materials & flammable materials shall be removed from the work place.
o Spaces where welding fumes could accumulate shall be ventilated.
o If combustible materials that cannot be moved shall be protected from close contact with flame, heat,
sparks or hot slag. Suitable guards or covers such as metal sheeting, mineral fiber boards or fire
retardant blankets shall be used; in such case hot work permit shall be obtained.
o Guards or covers shall be used to prevent cylinders from hot particles passing through openings in
floors and walls;
o Fire extinguishers, fire buckets with water shall be kept nearby.

Prevention of Gas Leaks from Gas Cutting Sets

o Hoses to be kept clear of sharp edges & abrasive surfaces or where vehicles can run over them;
o Hot metal or spatter shall not be allowed to fall on hoses;
o Gas cylinders kept in upright position shall be chained to prevent them from falling down or being
knocked over. For example, cylinders can be chained in a wheeled hand trolley or against a wall or a
suitable support;
o Gas Supply shall be turned off at the cylinder when the job is finished;
o All the equipment shall be kept in good condition:
o All the connections & equipment shall be regularly checked for faults and leaks;
o Taking gas cylinders to a poorly ventilated rooms/ confined spaces shall be avoided.
o Refer IS: 3016 -1965 Code of practice for fire precautions in welding and cutting operations.

RECORDS

Work Permit ,Check list for Confined space , Safety Training & tool box talk record

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 84 -nileshj Page 84 07/09/2019

Page 84
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 84 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP-21 STRUCTURAL STEEL ERECTION

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure, practices and precautions to be followed / while carrying out structural
steel erection at any of ACL projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL which involves structural steel erection.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned site mechanical supervisor / engineer / block in charge are responsible for ensuring
workers are wearing the relevant PPE and necessary precautions are taken while carrying out
structural steel erection work . Overall responsibility lies with Project Head

PROCEDURE
Designing and Planning
Planning for safe erection shall commence at the initial design stage with designers taking into account
the need and the practicality of safe methods of working during erection. Essential considerations to
be assessed at each design stage shall include:
• Stability at all stages of erection of the assembled structure, individually assembled portions and
single components.
• The effect of the erection sequence on stability.
• Realistic assessment of loadings at all stages of construction. The position of safe access and working
places.
• Ease of connecting components.
• Safe handling, lifting, storing, stacking and transportation of components depending on their size,
shape and/ or weight.
• Identifiable lifting points and component weights shall be detailed at the design stage. For sub-
assemblies overall weight and lifting points shall be identified on drawings.
• The structural analysis & design shall identify those features of the structure, which have a critical
influence on its overall & continuing stability & structural integrity during construction.
• Design specifications shall incorporate particular requirements and essential information for the
scheme to be planned and erected safely: such information shall include any special or onerous
conditions.
• Special requirements relating to safe erection of the structure shall be highlighted for example, the
need for temporary bracing or guying.

SITE CONDITIONS & STORAGE OF MATERIALS


Site hazards and limitations
Hazardous site features and other aspects likely to impair safe erection shall be identified at each stage
of the scheme development. The hazards, which shall be taken into account include:
• Overhead electric power lines.
• Buried services, including underground electric cables, gas or other pipelines
• Restricted access to and on the site.
• Restricted space for erection, maneuvering, storage and if required, for on-site pre-assemblies &
fabrication.
• Low ground bearing capacity.
• The proximity and condition of other buildings, roads, railways etc, which may affect the planned
method of erection.
• The proximity of the general public to the site.
• The area of the site affected by erection operations shall be designated as a restricted area. Barriers
and notices shall be provided to restrict non-erection personnel.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 85 -nileshj Page 85 07/09/2019

Page 85
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 85 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

Site-specific erection plan


A site-specific erection plan to be developed by a qualified person and be available at the site.

Material storage
Areas to be allocated for stacking and storing materials shall be clearly marked in the site plans. These
areas shall be:
• Clear of obstructions reasonably level and of adequate size.
• On ground, which is capable of withstanding loads imposed by the material and plant to be used in
the area?
• Be free from underground utilities.
• Sited away from hazards such as overhead power lines.
• Arranged so that clear access & lines of sight are provided & maintained between stacks and
• Provided with adequate lighting.
• If on site manufacture, fabrication, modification or repair work is to be undertaken, additional areas
may be needed with facilities similar to those of storage areas. In addition, contingency plan should
be made to provide an area for a butler store in case it becomes necessary to store more material
than was originally planned.

Material stacking
Materials shall be stacked in such a manner as will permit their de-stacking safely. The aspects, which
shall be taken into account when stacking or de stacking materials include:
• Methods of stacking, which ensure that no risk of collapse or sliding is induced
• An adequate availability of timbers battens and wedges, of suitable size and strength
• Safe access for slinging purposes

To aid erection, materials will be stacked on suitable timber battens & packing pieces so that:
• They are not brought into contact with the ground, thereby preventing mud deposits, which could
present a slipping hazard
• Damage to projections, such as nibs and brackets is minimized and
• Slings can be positioned easily around materials/components.

ERECTION
Commencement of steel erection
• Structural steel erection shall be commenced only when the concrete in the footings, piers and walls
or the mortar in the masonry piers and walls has attained either 75 percent of the intended
minimum compressive design strength or sufficient strength to support the loads imposed during
steel erection.
• A scheme, which ensures stability of the structural framework and its components during erection
& until completion, shall be prepared before commencing structural erection works.

Foundation
• The foundation of each column shall be capable of withstanding both vertical load and also the
additional horizontal thrust, which is developed as soon as temporary supports/props are removed.
• Precast frame columns are usually inserted into sockets cast into the foundation blocks and
consequently shall be held temporarily in place after alignment. Wedges and props shall be used
for this purpose until the column is made secure by grouting.
• Foundation bolts are designed for the loads experienced by completed structure and are not always
suitable for the more severe conditions encountered during early stages of construction. It is during
this phase that excess loads if applied to them, will give rise to the danger of collapse unless
adequate temporary bracing is provided in the form of props or guys.
• As an alternative to the preferred method of bolts cast into foundation blocks, the use of rag bolts
in open pockets is sometimes advocated to avoid the need for accurate setting out; this system
should be discouraged.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 86 -nileshj Page 86 07/09/2019

Page 86
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 86 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• Adequate numbers of steel plate packing pieces should be provided for use in leveling prior to
grouting operations. Once the frame is erected, lined and leveled, it is essential that holding
foundation bolts are maintained tight.

Method statements
The preparation of a written method statement setting out the proposed erection scheme is an
important part of planning for a safe system of work. It shall,
• Be a single document and preferably with annotated diagrams;
• Be capable of being modified to cater for any plan change in a system of work;
• Be indexed for ease of reference;
• Follow a logical sequence, have each statement of the sequence clearly titled and be concise and
unambiguous;
• Be clearly marked with the date of preparation and revision number;
• Reviewed and maintained updated, as necessary, so that it remains current;
• Be distributed to all those concerned with supervision of the erection.

Visual Inspection of Cranes


Cranes being used in steel erection activities shall be visually inspected everyday prior to the
commencement of work. At a minimum this inspection shall include the following:
• All control mechanisms for maladjustments;
• Control and drive mechanism for excessive wear of components and contamination by lubricants,
water or other foreign matter;
• Safety devices, including but not limited to boom angle indicators, boom stops, boom kick out
devices and over hoist limit switch, load moment indicators;
• Air, hydraulic, and other pressurized lines for deterioration or leakage;
• Hydraulic system for proper fluid level;
• Hooks and latches for deformation, chemical damage, cracks, or wear;
• Wire rope revving for uniformity;
• Electrical apparatus for malfunctioning, signs of excessive deterioration, dirt, or moisture
accumulation;
• Tires for proper inflation and condition; and
• Ground conditions around the hoisting equipment for proper support, including ground settling
under and around outriggers, ground water accumulation, or similar conditions.

Slinging & Erection Practices


• Columns shall be erected using wire rope slings with specially designed shackles . The specially
designed shackle shall have factor of safety of minimum 5.
• Work-platform and vertical rope line are provided as shown in the above sketch prior to the erection
of column. This arrangement shall be for carrying out de-slinging and further structural works.
• Erection of beams, bracings etc. shall be carried out using the work-platforms at the top of each
column.
• Tagline to be used to control the movement of structural members during lifting operation.
• Lifeline of GI rope shall be provided for hooking safety belt while walking on beam.
• Tools and fasteners being used at height shall be secured so that they do not fall down. Alignment
bars spanners etc. shall be kept tied to wrist to prevent falling down while being handled.

Working under loads


Routes for suspended loads shall be pre-planned to ensure that no employee is required to work
directly below a suspended load except for workmen necessary for the hooking or unhooking of the
load. While working under suspended loads, the following criteria shall be met:
• Materials being lifted shall be rigged to prevent unintentional displacement;
• Hooks with self-closing safety latches or their equivalent shall be used to prevent components from
slipping out of the hook; and
• All loads shall be rigged by a qualified rigger.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 87 -nileshj Page 87 07/09/2019

Page 87
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 87 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
STABILITY OF STRUCTURE
General
• A scheme, which ensures stability of the structural framework & its components during erection &
until completion, to be prepared before commencing structural erection works.
• The requirement for stability at all stages of erection should be clearly understood by all persons
dealing with the erection work.
• The basic principle shall be by erecting a bay of the structure and securing its stability.
• In the process of erection, particular care shall be taken to verify stability in the following
circumstances:
o At times of temporary cessation of work
o At times when fastening may be incomplete for example, in course of lining up and adjustment
of level.
o At times of high wind or when high winds are expected.
o When the stage of completion of permanent work (for example brickwork, concrete etc.) on which
the stability depends, is inadequate or when the permanent work has not developed adequate
strength.
o When the structure or parts of it may be subject to construction loads (for example due to impact,
stacking of materials and lifting and freeing of components, which may have become
inadvertently wedged in position)
• Where temporary supports are specified, they shall be of adequate design and construction as
identified on drawings or on the method statement and shall be used in the way intended.
Improvised supports shall not be employed.
• In some designs, lateral stability may be provided by the cladding panels or floor construction and
the frame structure may not be safe until they are fixed. Where panels affording stability are to be
added after erection of the framework temporary supports have to be provided.
• Where stability depends on brickwork or concrete elements, these shall be present to perform their
function as the erection of the framework proceeds. Otherwise temporary bracings will have to be
provided.
• The anchor points shall be such that they are able to resist any force likely to be imposed upon
them. The movement of an anchor shall be reported immediately and prompt remedial action taken.
• Steel cables for anchorage purposes shall not enter the ground unless suitably protected. The
fastening of guy lines to anchorages in the ground shall be carried out using chains or steel bars or
sections. Screw type anchors should be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
• The base of any mast or pole used for erection shall be provided with a good bearing to ensure
distribution of the load to the ground without settlement. Resistance to sideways movement of the
base shall be determined by design and provided during erection.
• Plumbing-up equipment shall be installed in conjunction with the steel erection process to ensure
the stability of the structure.
• Plumbing-up equipment shall be in place before the structure is loaded with construction material
such as loads of joists, bundles of decking or bundles of bridging.
• Plumbing-up equipment shall be removed only with the approval of a competent person.

Column Anchorage
The following are the general requirements for erection stability:
• All columns shall be anchored by a minimum of four anchor bolts.
• Columns shall be set on level finished floors, pre-grouted levelling plates, levelling nuts, or shim
packs, which are adequate to transfer the construction loads.
• If it is required, Guying /Bracing to be provided as per the guidelines given in the drawings.
• Anchor bolts shall not be repaired, replaced or field-modified without the approval of the project
structural engineer.

Beams, Columns and Bracings


During the final placing of solid web structural members, the load shall not be released from the
hoisting line until the members are secured sufficiently with wrench-tight bolts.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 88 -nileshj Page 88 07/09/2019

Page 88
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 88 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Metal Decking

The following aspects shall be considered for hoisting, landing & placing of metal decking bundles:
• Bundle packaging and strapping shall not be used for hoisting unless specifically designed for that
purpose.
• If loose items such as damage, flashing, or other materials are placed on the top of metal decking
bundles to be hoisted, such items shall be secured to the bundles.
• Metal decking bundles shall be landed on framing members so that enough support is provided to
allow the bundles to be untied without dislodging the bundles from the supports.
• At the end of the shift or when environmental or jobsite conditions require, metal decking shall be
secured against displacement.

Installation of metal decking


• Metal decking shall be laid tightly and immediately secured upon placement to prevent accidental
movement or displacement.
• During initial placement, metal-decking panels shall be placed to ensure full support by structural
members.

Floor Openings and Floor Edges


• Covers for floor openings shall be capable of supporting twice the weight of the employees,
equipment & materials that may be imposed on the cover at any one time.
• The material used must be of sufficient strength to provide fall protection for personnel and prevent
objects from falling through.
• All covers shall be secured when installed to prevent accidental displacement by the wind,
equipment or employees.
• All covers shall be painted with high-visibility paint or shall be marked with the word “COVER” to
provide warning of the hazard.
• When floor opening is of larger size, or the structural design does not allow opening to be decked
over (such as elevator shafts, stair wells, etc.) guardrails of 900 to 1200mm height with top rail,
mid rail and toe guard of adequate strength shall be provided around the opening in order to
protect persons falling through.
• Work permit system shall be implemented for removing floor opening covers and guardrails.

ACCESS AND WORK PLATFORM

Temporary Means of access & work platforms


The following temporary means of access shall be used for structural steel erection works as per the
requirement and convenience:
• Ladders , Personal Suspension System.(Boatswain chair)
• Slung Scaffolds , Crane suspended Man-cage
• Built work platform of columns (please refer to the subheading slinging & erection practices)

Permanent means of access


• As the structural erection progresses, erection of floors and permanent means of access like, ladder
or staircase to the floors shall be erected simultaneously.
• Erection of permanent accesses to be complete in all respect before letting the same for use.
• In case of ladders, the ladders shall be fastened as mentioned on the drawing.
• In case of staircase, in addition to proper fastening the following requirements shall be met before
they are put into use:
o There shall not be any missing step.
o All the steps shall be fastened adequately.
o Handrails shall be provided and adequately fastened.
o There shall not be openings in the landings of staircase & to be provided with toe guards.
• Work permit system to be implemented for the removal of permanent means of access.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 89 -nileshj Page 89 07/09/2019

Page 89
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 89 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
PROTECTION AGAINST FALLING OBJECT
• All materials, equipment and tools, which are used at height and prone to fall from height, shall be
secured against accidental displacement.
• Any activity in a place, where overhead work is in progress, shall be prohibited unless overhead
protection like safety net for the employees below is provided; but in no case workmen shall be
allowed to work under suspended loads.
• All the floor openings, elevator shafts, stairwells and floor edges shall be provided with guardrail
with toe board.
• All workmen working in site shall always wear safety helmet with the chinstrap on.

RECORDS
Work Permit & Job Safety Analysis ,Checklist for Steel erection & machinery , Tool Box Talk.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 90 -nileshj Page 90 07/09/2019

Page 90
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 90 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

WORKING OVER/ NEAR/ IN WATER BODIES


SOP- 22
(in a construction project site is located as such)

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure ,practices and precautions to be followed when work involves proximity to
water bodies at all ACL projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL projects which involves proximity to
water bodies to execute work.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned site civil supervisor / engineer / block in charge is responsible for ensuring necessary
precautions are taken while executing work over water bodies. Overall responsibility lies with Project
in charge.

PROCEDURE
Transport by Water
It shall be ensured that:
• vessels are operated under the overall control of a responsible person; and
• these vessels are adequately equipped for safe navigation and maintained in good condition as well
as
• adequate protection to the workers in such vessels from inclement weather
• Such vessels are manned by adequate and experienced crew, as per relevant law for the time being
in force;
• in case the bulwarks of such vessels are lower than 60 cms. from the level of the deck of such
vessel, the open edge of such bulwarks are fitted with suitable fencing to a height of at least 1 metre
above such deck and the post and stanchions and similar parts used in such fencing are not spaced
more than two meters apart;
• number of lifebuoys on deck of such vessel is at least equal to the number of crew members of
such vessel and is not less than two;
• all lifebuoys on deck of such vessel are kept in good state of maintenance & are so placed that if
such vessel sinks then they remain afloat & one of such buoys is within the immediate reach of the
Steersman of such vessel & another is situated after part of such vessel.

Prevention from Drowning


The Project Head to ensure that on or adjacent to the workplace of any construction site:
• suitable rescue equipment is provided;
• kept in an efficient state for ready use;
• measures are taken to arrange for the prompt rescue of such worker from the danger of drowning
and
• where there is a special risk of fall from the edge of adjacent land or from a structure adjacent to or
above the water or from floating stage on such water,
o Secure fencing is provided near the edge of such land, structure or floating stage, as the case
may be, to prevent such fall, and such fencing may be removed or allowed to remain un erected
for the time and to the extent necessary for the access of workers to such work or to the
movement of material for such work.

RECORDS
Work Permit , Check list for work over water bodies , Safety Training

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 91 -nileshj Page 91 07/09/2019

Page 91
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 91 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP-23 BATCHING PLANT

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure ,practices and precautions to be followed for safe operation &maintenance
of Batching at all ACL projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at ACL projects which require the installation of
Batching Plant to manufacture of concrete

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned mechanical operator / maintenance engineer is responsible for ensuring proper
maintenance & safe operation of the batching plant. Overall responsibility lies with Project Head.

PROCEDURE
Transporting and erection of the plant
o It shall be ensured that cranes & loading equipment have sufficient carrying capacity.
o Loading, unloading and erecting the plant parts shall be done by experienced riggers under the direct
supervision of a Competent Person.
o Lifting, erection sequence to be done as mentioned in the operation & Instruction Manual of the
Plant.
o Slinging points for lifting the plant parts shall be selected as mentioned in the operation and
instruction manual of the Manufacturer.
o Vehicle of sufficient loading capacity to be used for transporting the plant parts.
o Equipment transported on vehicle to be secured so that they do not fall down.

Operation of batching plant


o The plant shall be operated, only if all safety devices and safety-related equipment such as interlocks,
guards, emergency stops, sound insulations, and suction devices are in place and operational.
o The operator to check the plant at least once a day for externally perceptible damage & defects. If
any changes/ deviations are found, the plant to be stopped immediately & necessary rectifications to
be carried out. In case of malfunction, the plant to be stopped immediately & the malfunction to be
cleared immediately.
o Starting and stopping procedures, control devices/ signals shall be followed according to the
manufacturer's guidelines.
o Before starting plant, it shall be ensured that none is working on the plant.
o No one shall be allowed to enter the danger area of skip. The surrounding area shall be cordoned off
when the skip is in operation.
o All openings, cut outs shall be properly covered or adequately guarded.
o All wire ropes to be inspected at regular intervals and replaced if required.

Maintenance of Batching Plant


o Only authorized technicians to be allowed to carry out any repair & maintenance work.
o On and off procedures shall be followed in accordance with the maintenance guidelines as indicated
in the manufacturer's instruction manual.
o Work Permit System shall be implemented for repair and maintenance works (like, mixer drum
cleaning, works on skip etc.) carried out on the Batching Plant.
o After completion of the maintenance work it shall be ensured that the following points are satisfied:
- The plant is clear of all the men doing the job
- All tools and tackles are removed.
- Whole of the area is cleared and equipment is fit for operation
o If all the above points are checked and found satisfactory, the equipment shall be energized and
normal operation shall be started.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 92 -nileshj Page 92 07/09/2019

Page 92
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 92 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
o During the replacement of individual parts and large and/or heavy structural members, they shall
be carefully attached to appropriate lifting appliance, which has sufficient carrying capacity. Nobody
shall be allowed to stay or work under the suspended load.
o Slinging of loads, signalling to crane operators and the whole lifting operation shall be done under
the supervision of competent person.
o Appropriate ladder and/or working platforms shall be used for any work above 2m height. Machine
parts shall not be used as ascending or descending equipment. Safety Belt and other suitable
protection system shall be used against persons falling down while carrying out maintenance works
above 2m heights.
o All handles, steps, guardrails, platforms, stages, ladders etc. shall be free from dirt, oil and any other
slippery material.
o Before cleaning the machine with water or steam jet (high-pressure cleaners) or other cleansers, all
openings and exposed parts shall be covered or glued such that the cleansers do not penetrate into
and cause electrical and other hazards.
If the maintenance work requires dismantling of safety appliances, then reassembling and checking of
these safety appliances must follow immediately after the maintenance works. The plant shall be
operated only after ensuring proper functioning of safety devices.

Dump Hoppers
o Raw materials dumping by tippers, dumpers etc. shall be permitted when a signal (light or sound)
is given.
o All plant attendants working in the area of dumping shall be alert to the movement of vehicles and
be aware of the signals.
o No persons shall be allowed to enter dump hopper to clear blockages unless the feeder mechanism
is stopped and the dumping signal is on “STOP”. An attendant to be employed to ensure that
dumping does not take place when a person is inside the dump hopper.
• Crusher Feeder
o Feeder attendant shall be responsible for operating dumping signals.
o No person shall climb on to any scalping screen or feeder unless the machinery is on stop & the
dumping signal is on “STOP”. Person to be employed to prevent dumping & the main power supply
switch is locked in 'OFF' position to prevent starting of the machinery.

• Belt Conveyors
o Persons shall not be allowed to travel on the conveyor. Similarly walking under conveyor shall also
be prohibited & if required barriers to be erected to prevent walking under conveyor.
o If walking under conveyor is unavoidable, to protect people from falling materials safety nets shall
be provided.
o Guards shall be provided at all pulleys, idlers and driving and take off drums.
o Walkways above ground level shall be provided with guard rail and toe board.
o Pull Chord Switch to be provided along the conveyor to stop it in emergency.
o Conveyor shall be provided with overload trip and sequencing interlocks.
o Spillage shall be loaded on to a running conveyor only at the designated places.
o Spillage shall be cleaned up daily. The cause of the spillage shall be determined and remedial
measures shall be taken up.
o Before starting the conveyor, a siren should be given to alarm persons to keep clear off the conveyor.

• Screw Conveyors
o The cover plates of screw conveyor shall not be used as walkways.
o Cover plates shall not be removed or unbolted except when the conveyor is stopped or when a test
run is taking place, in which case there must be two persons present one of whom is in-charge of
the test. Work Permit system shall be followed for carrying out maintenance work.

• Skip hoists
o Skip hoists shall be fitted with the limit switches controlling the top and bottom positions. Switches
shall not be adjusted by plant operators and any malfunction shall be reported to Maintenance
Engineer immediately.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 93 -nileshj Page 93 07/09/2019

Page 93
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 93 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
o Before any skip hoist is set in motion the operator shall ensure that the guards at ground level are
securely fixed in position and that the guards about and around the hoist machinery are in position
and secure.

• Bucket elevators
o Open Bucket elevators shall not be used as ladders.
o Test runs shall be carried out only when two persons are present of whom one of them is in-charge
of the test.
o Plant operators shall not enter an elevator pit unless the boot is securely guarded and a safe means
of access is provided.

• Crusher - Primary (Jaw/Gyratory)


o A safe system of work for relieving blockages shall be established and followed before any action is
taken to relieve blockages in any jaw crusher, the feeder shall be on “STOP” Position and any
surcharge of material shall be barred off.
o No person to be allowed to enter the gap of a crusher jaw whilst in motion.

• Crusher - Primary Impact (Hammer Mill)


o Inspection door on impact crusher shall not be opened whilst it is under motion. Also, no one shall
enter the stationary crusher unless the drive motor isolated. All the precautions shall be taken to
make the machine inoperative. The person entering the crusher shall carry the lock-out key in his
pocket and there shall be look out man in attendance.
o If any welding is to be carried out inside the crusher, proper ventilation system shall be provided
as discussed in the chapter Occupational Health and also precautions mentioned in the chapter
Working in Confined Space shall be implemented, as applicable.

• Chutes
o Extreme care shall be taken to release blockages in delivery chutes by means of poking bars to avoid
trapping fingers and or losing control of the bar allowing it to go down the chute and into the
machinery.
o Chutes shall not be used as walkways.
o Persons shall not be allowed to work inside unless it is certain that the material flow has ceased
and the machinery is on “STOP”.
o Change over doors on chutes to be released only when the material flow has ceased.
o Any blockage of the material on chutes shall be released only when the material flow has been
arrested.

• Hopper Gates
o Poking upwards into the hopper shall not be done, as any sudden release of the blocked material
may result in persons being injured. Poking shall be carried out only from a secure platform.

• Vibrating Screens
o Operators shall not climb on to the 'live' side frames or on to the deck of any vibrating screen whilst
in motion.
o If the screen becomes over loaded and it does not clear by itself, the flow of the materials shall be
stopped the overload condition becomes clear.
o Before climbing on to screen or into a rotary trammel, the motion shall be stopped and the motor
shall be isolated.

RECORDS
Check list for Plant & machinery , Periodic maintenance records.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 94 -nileshj Page 94 07/09/2019

Page 94
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 94 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP- 24 CONCRETING, GROUTING AND GUNITING

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure, practices and precautions to be followed / while carrying out Concreting
at any of ACL projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL which involves pouring of concrete.

RESPONSIBILITY

The concerned site civil supervisor / engineer / block in charge are responsible for ensuring workers
are wearing the relevant PPE and necessary precautions are taken while carrying out pouring of
concrete Site Mechanical supervisor/ engineer & block in charge is responsible for safe operations of
the plant & machinery . Overall responsibility lies with Project Head.

PROCEDURE
• Usual safety precautions that are taken for concreting in open shall be applicable for the concreting
of tunnels, shafts and other underground works also.
• In addition, the following precautions to be taken where the pump Concrete or pneumatic placer is
used.
• The scaffolding supporting the pipe shall be designed to carry the pipe when filled with concrete
plus 100 percent overload plus the estimated weight of the maximum number of workmen that may
work on the pipes while the pump is operating. A factor of safety of 4 shall then be used.
• The pipe line shall be anchored at all curves and near the end. The toggle and flange connections
shall be inspected before each placement to ensure tight joints. Air-release valves shall be installed
at high points to release entrapped air. The use of these valves will assist in preventing line plugging
and in turn reduce accident possibilities.
• Pipes and hose used to convey grout shall be of proper size and strength to safely withstand the
maximum operating pressures. Pumps not be operated at pressures above their rated capacity.
• Cleaning of pipeline shall be carefully done.
• All workmen in the vicinity of sand blasting or guniting operations to wear goggles & respirators.
• Adequate lighting and ventilation shall be provided for all galleries and shafts where grouting is in
progress

PROCDURE:
Many of the hazards of grouting, guniting and concreting operations are common to other construction
operations, and are therefore, covered by the above provisions. However, some of the principle hazards
particularly incident to grouting and guniting are as given below:

MACHINERY HAZARDS
➢ All openings of grout mixers to be adequately guarded. All flywheels, & other moving parts including
compressor drive belts, likewise be fully guarded.
GROUT PIPE HOSES
➢ All pipes or hoses used to convey the grout shall be of sufficient strength conforming to standard
specification to withstand the maximum pressures that may be reached during the operation.
Pumps shall not be operated at pressure in excess of their rated capacities, or the safe working
strength of the conveying system. All hose couplings shall be of standard types, and makeshift wire
connections shall not be used. Pipe or hose laid along ladder ways, catwalks or ramps to be located
at one side of the travel ways to prevent tripping hazards.

TOOLS

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 95 -nileshj Page 95 07/09/2019

Page 95
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 95 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
o Proper tools for the work to be done shall always be provided and maintained in good condition.
Only wrenches with jaws in proper condition shall be used. In using a wrench it should always be
so placed that the pull tends to force the jaws further on the nut, and the user should make sure
that his footing is secure before applying force to the wrench.

SAFETY BELTS
o Men working in elevated position shall use suitable safety belts, boatswains’ chairs, or lines to guard
against falling.

GALLERY LIGHTING AND VENTILATION


o All galleries or shafts, where foundation grouting is in progress, shall be adequately lighted, ventilate
& reasonably free from water. Workmen should be provided with pocket flashlights for use, in case
the light circuit fails. All unused shafts, vertical stairwells, or other openings in galleries shall be
barricaded.

TELEPHONE SYSTEM
o Wherever feasible, a telephone system should be used to provide positive and quick method of
communication between all control locations or grout operations.
o Only experienced man should be employed for guniting and concreting which is a special type of
concrete work. The nozzle man and helper shall be provided with cup type safety goggles, and shall
use them as protection against rebound material. The nozzle man should operate the nozzle so as
to keep the rebounds at a minimum, and care must be taken not be trap the rebound on cleaning
men in the blast.
▪ All scaffolds or platforms used in placing gunite shall be substantially built. No makeshift type of
construction shall be permitted.
▪ All hoses and mixers shall be inspected daily and maintained in a safe working condition.
▪ All other workmen to be excluded from the immediate working area.

PERSONAL PROTECTION
Control of Health Hazards
The following are some basic recommendations for handling and using cement safely.
To protect skin from cement and cement mixtures, workers shall wear:
• Alkali-resistant gloves
• Coveralls with long sleeves and full-length trousers
• Gloves, tuck pants inside boots and duct-tape at the top to keep mortar & concrete out
• Waterproof boots high enough to prevent concrete from flowing in when workmen must stand in
fresh concrete.
• Respirators and goggles shall be used when cement dust can’t be avoided.

Work practices
• Concrete works shall be carried out in ways that minimize the amount of cement dust released.
• Where possible, wet-cut shall be employed rather than dry-cut to cut masonry products.
• Mixing of dry cement shall be done in well-ventilated areas.
• Workmen can work upwind from dust sources.
• Where possible, ready-mixed concrete shall be used instead of mixing on site.
• While kneeling on fresh concrete, dry board or waterproof kneepads shall be used to protect knees
from water that can soak through fabric.
• Jewelry like rings & watches to be removed as wet cement can collect under them.

Hygiene
• Clothing contaminated by wet cement shall be quickly removed.
• Skin in contact with wet cement shall be washed immediately with large amounts of cool clean
water.
• Adequate hygiene facilities shall be provided for workmen to wash hands and face at the end of
the job and before eating and drinking.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 96 -nileshj Page 96 07/09/2019

Page 96
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 96 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• Facilities for cleaning boots and changing clothes should also be available.

First- aid
• Skin contaminated with wet/ dry cement to be washed with cold water as soon as possible.
• Open sores or cuts shall be thoroughly flushed and covered with suitable dressings.
• Contaminated eyes shall be washed with cold tap water for at least 15 minutes before the affected
person is taken to hospital.

TRANSIT MIXER
General:
The following safety aspects shall be considered while using Transit Concrete Mixer for transporting
concrete:
• Drivers of the Transit Mixer shall possess valid driving License. Unauthorized driving shall not be
permitted.
• All the transit mixers shall be provided with a helper. While reversing the vehicle, apart from the
Reverse horn and Reverse Lamp helper shall be at the rear end, stand on one side of the route of
traverse at an angle from the side of the vehicle so as to be visible to the driver and guide him.
• The Transit Mixer shall not be moved when chute in open position. Provision shall be given to lock
the chute.
• Ladder of the Transit Mixer shall be strong and sturdy and the rungs shall be welded properly for
safe usage.
• Speed Limit mentioned on the roads shall be followed and on any condition the speed of Transit
Mixer shall not exceed 65kmph on public roads and more than 15kmph within the construction
site area.
• Standard Signals shall be used for concreting operation.
• Drum cleaning shall be done under the supervision of Plant & Machinery Engineer. Before sending
the workmen inside the drum for cleaning, the rotation of the drum shall be arrested in such a
way that inadvertent operation does not take place. Electro-mechanical locking is required. Work
permit system shall be followed.
• No person shall be allowed to stand between the transit mixer and concrete pump.
• While working near excavated pits and trenches the transit mixer shall be stopped well ahead of
the edge of the trench/ pit by providing stop-blocks at a distance of 3m.

CONCRETE PUMPS
Setting up concrete pump on site
Concrete pump shall be set up in a level, solid and obstruction free place. Careful attention shall be
paid to the following recommendations:
It shall be ensured that the pump is not positioned over or adjacent to:
• Previously disturbed ground that has been back-filled.
• Excavations, trenches or holes in the ground.
• Cellars, basements or pits.
• Inadequately compacted or soft ground.

Make sure the pump unit is set up level and:


• If this cannot be achieved, incline or angle of the machine shall not exceed the manufacturer's
recommendations.
• If outriggers are used, adequate timbers shall be used for the purpose of packing the base plate.
To ensure the outriggers do not subside, the timbers shall be pigstied & have sufficient bearing
area to support the machine. Regular checks ensures stability.
• Base plate of outriggers shall be free of excavations, soft or filled ground, or other obstacles liable
to interfere with the safe operation of the machine. If the ground is not firm or is near an excavation
the operator shall make sure that the bearing pressure of the ground is not exceeded by the
pressure on the base of any outrigger.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 97 -nileshj Page 97 07/09/2019

Page 97
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 97 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• Particular care and precautions shall be taken when a concrete pump is used in the vicinity of an
excavation. The weight of the concrete pump & the load can affect the stability of the excavation
wall and cause a slip to occur which may lead to the concrete pump overturning.
• Unauthorized persons to be kept away from the immediate area of the machine.
• The area shall be made safe from other traffic.
• Concrete delivery trucks shall have clear and safe access to approach and leave the receiving
hopper of the pump.
• If more than one truck is required to approach the receiving hopper at any one time, a spotter or
traffic controller shall be on hand to safely direct the movement of the trucks.
• No person shall stand between the reversing truck and the hopper.
• The receiving hopper shall be at a height that allows gravity flow of concrete into the hopper.

Placement of Boom Placer near Power line


The following minimum clearance to be maintained during the placement of Boom Placer
o 11 kV and below 1.40 m
o Above 11 and below 33 kV 3.60 m
o Above 33 and below 132 kV 4.70 m
o Above 132 and below 275kV 5.70 m
o Above 275 and below 400 kV 6.50 m

• Swinging of the overhead power lines and of the placing boom in the wind shall also be taken into
account while setting distances from power lines.
• All power lines or electrical conductors must be considered LIVE unless they are positively
identified to be isolated from all sources of power supply.

Placement of Boom Placer on a public place


While setting-up a Boom Placer in a street, roadway or other public place careful attention shall be
given to the following factors:
• Protective screens shall be erected or fitted around the pump area to prevent concrete being
splashed on the public.
• A close fitting mesh or shade cloth screen shall be fitted to the pump reservoir to prevent concrete
splash.
• Post a signage “concrete pump being used”/“concrete pump in operation”.
• Provide an access ramp for the public when a concrete line crosses over the footpath. The ramp
shall,
o Be stable & of solid construction, capable of performing the purpose it is designed for.
o Not create a trip hazard at the leading edge of the ramp.
o Slope: Height to length ratio of 1:12 from the highest point to the end of the ramp.
o Be easily negotiable by wheelchair.
o Be provided with a non-slip surface even when wet.
o Extend across the width of the footpath.
o Be fitted with handrails and toe boards at a suitable height for both adults and small children
and follow the contour of the ramp.
o Have adequate lighting to ensure the area is illuminated at all times.
o Have pump pipes that are removable for inspection and cleaning.

Fumes
• If a concrete pump is located in an enclosed or confined area where there is a likelihood of build-
up of gases from internal combustion engines, precautions shall be taken to direct the gases to
the open air.
• It shall be ensured that an adequate level of ventilation is maintained to prevent the build-up of
exhaust gases.
• The build-up of gases can also be prevented by fitting a catalytic converter (scrubber) to the
exhaust system of each internal combustion engine.

Water and air lines


Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 98 -nileshj Page 98 07/09/2019

Page 98
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 98 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Where compressed air & water lines are supplied on site for use with the concrete pump they shall be
positioned to avoid damage to the lines and be kept well clear of any public place.

Residue collection
• Where semi-permanent set-up has been established on site or where a pump is set-up in a
roadway or public place a -method to collect concrete residue shall be put in place and all
necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent wash down residue from the clean-up of pumping
operations finding its way into storm water drains, this also includes concrete delivery trucks.
• The residue collection method shall comply with Environment Protection requirements.

Pump gauges
Gauges fitted to the concrete pump shall be accurate and of a size and style that are easy to read.
The instruments shall be checked on a regular basis and the results recorded in the pump’s logbook.

Pipeline Laying
• While laying concrete pipeline reduce the number of bends as far as possible.
• Horizontal pipelines shall be adequately supported.
• Each section of pipe in a vertical pipeline to be supported to avoid extra load on the pipe clamp.
• The 900 bend at the base, altering the direction of the concrete line from horizontal to vertical,
shall be equipped with a leg sitting firmly on the ground. Otherwise any movement in the vertical
line may snap off the first clamp.
• Vertical lines shall be positively secured to the building.
• Crane or formwork shall not used to secure the pipeline. This type of equipment may not be
capable of taking the impact load while pumping concrete through the line.

Pipe clamp
• When quick release pipe clamps are used, locking pin shall be engaged to avoid accidental release.

Anchor brackets
• Adequate number of anchor brackets tie-downs shall be used to secure the system.
• On a vertical (riser) line, brackets shall be securely fixed to the wall or to the edge of each floor
slab not more than three meters apart.
• Friction fasteners shall not be used as brackets to hold down bolts where a change of direction in
the line occurs.

Pipe movement
• Where excessive pipe movement occurs in temporary laid lines due to the surging action of the
pump, extra anchorage shall be provided to restrict the line movement, especially at bends, elbows
& delivery hose
• The rubber delivery hose shall be checked for damage prior to being fitted.
• If it is used where the full hose is passed above workmen or public areas the hose shall be fitted
with a suitable stop cap at the outlet end.
• Care shall be taken to avoid damage to the hose during use and it shall be ensured that the
delivery hose on a boom pump is secured in position by a safety chain, sling or other retaining
device.

Receiving hopper
• The receiving hopper shall be positioned on the mounting so that it can receive concrete flow
readily from the discharge chute of a Transit Mixer.
• A hinged grill shall be provided to prevent access to dangerous moving parts such as feed or
agitator mechanisms & valve gear. The grill shall be constructed of parallel bars, spaced so that it
is not possible for a person's hand to become trapped. Spacing between the bars not exceed 70mm
& the distance from the grating to moving parts shall be at least 150 mm.
• While the pump is running,
o Hands, arms, legs and feet shall be away from the hopper grate.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 99 -nileshj Page 99 07/09/2019

Page 99
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 99 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
o Hopper grate shall not be moved
o No one shall be permitted to stand or walk on the hopper grate regardless of whether the
pump is running or not.

Line cleaning
Line cleaning to only be carried out by experienced & trained workmen. Extreme care to be taken while
using compressed air to clean the pipeline. Air pressure will cause anything inside the pipeline to act
as a high-velocity projectile. The below safety precautions shall be followed:
• There shall always be a connection to atmosphere (air relief valve) as well as the air entry point to
the pipeline. This connection is to allow the system to be de-pressurized before removing any
pipeline.
• Remove the rubber delivery hose at the end of the pipeline. If left on, the hose can whip around
dangerously as the line is blown out.
• A positive catchment device shall be attached to the discharge end of the pipeline to safely catch
the cleaning device but also allow the concrete to flow.
• Workmen to be kept away from the discharge end while the concrete is under pressure.
• The line shall not be taken apart to clean out a blockage or to dismantle it until it is depressurized.
• Compressed air shall not be used, under any circumstances, to clean dirt and dust from clothing
or off a person's skin.

Pump cleaning
The pump shall be shut down before starting cleaning work. While a workman is cleaning the pump
there shall be another workman in the immediate vicinity to provide assistance, if required.

Preparation for road travel


The manufacturer's instruction shall be followed. In particular,
• Hydraulic operated booms and outriggers shall be locked in the stowed position.
• All loose components, such as pipes, couplings and tools shall be stowed. All the hydraulic lines
to the concrete pump, boom and outriggers shall be disengaged and the controls shall be put in
OFF position.
• There shall not be any projection beyond the body of the truck, while moving.

DECK AREA (SLAB) CONCRETING


The following safety precautions shall be taken up for deck area concreting:
• Perimeter guard railing shall be securely in place with top and mid-rails. Proper access shall be
provided for those carrying equipment to the pour area. These walkways can consist of scaffold
planks placed at least 2 planks wide, which can be moved back as the pour progresses.
• A confined area can present a fume or fire hazard during a pour. Electric powered vibrating
machines with ELCB/RCCB and proper earthing shall be used rather than petrol driven machines.
Fire extinguishers shall be on hand in the immediate work area where petrol machines are in use.
• Workplaces & access to workplaces where a concrete pour is carried out shall be well lit.

INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF CONCRETING MACHINES


• Concrete Pumps, Booms Placers and Transit Mixers shall be subject to planned inspection and
maintenance.
• A logbook shall be maintained to record complete details of all inspections, tests, repair and
modifications carried out on equipment.
• No machine shall operate without having up-to-date logbooks available for inspection at the
workplace.

RECORDS : Work permit , Check list for concreting , Check list for plant & machinery
Periodic maintenance records , Job safety Analysis

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 100 -nileshj Page 100 07/09/2019

Page 100
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 100 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP- 25 SAND BLASTING

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure, practices and precautions to be followed / while carrying out sand blasting
work at any of ACL projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL which requires sand blasting.

RESPONSIBILITY

The concerned site civil supervisor / engineer / block in charge are responsible for ensuring workers
are wearing the relevant PPE and necessary precautions are taken while carrying out sand blasting .
Overall responsibility lies with Project Head.

PROCEDURE

The potential hazards during sandblasting operations include, but are not limited to inhalation of silica
dusts (including lead from the paint or silica from the blasting medium); high noise levels; high
operating pressure of equipment; etc.
The following are the requirements to minimize the possibility of an incident during sandblasting
operations:
• Sandblasting operations shall have a medical surveillance program in place to monitor employee's
blood level exposure to lead.
• Approved respiratory and hearing protection shall be worn.
• Appropriate eye protection shall be worn.
• The use of silica sand in the blasting medium will be discouraged unless an enclosure
covering the blasting area is erected to prevent escape of sand dust particles into the open
area and the operators and helpers carrying out/ associated blasting operations are
provided with overalls and face mask with hood preventing entry of sand dust into the
respiratory system.
• Special care shall be taken during the sand blasting operation to control the dust in a
manner that permits collection of dust in a suitable container through a suction process.
• Paint coatings being removed by sandblasting operations shall be considered as lead
containing until proven otherwise.
• Check all hoses every day for leaks and signs of wear.
• Ventilation (either mechanical/ natural) shall be adequate to keep the work atmosphere less
than 10% Lower Explosive Limit (LEL) & oxygen (O2) content greater than 19.5%.
• Bleed or depressurize all lines before disconnecting.
• Blasting nozzles shall be equipped with a cut-off device (dead man’s switch).
• Secure and hobble all high-pressure air hose connections.
• All air hose connectors (Crow's Feet) to be pinned/ wired to keep from coming apart.
• Warning signs shall be posted identifying potential hazards.
• Ensure no other activity is taking place adjacent to or on the item you are sandblasting.
• Rope off, barricade, or post signs of “No Entry” to restrict access to area.
• During operations safety watch to monitor conditions, traffic & standby at the air source.
• Become acquainted with communication systems.
• Ensure proper sized air supply with regulated pressure and functional shut off readily accessible
to Safety watch.
• In extremely hot conditions a ventilation air hose to be attached to the blaster’s hood.
• Become acquainted with safe work procedure.

RECORD : Work permit , Check list for sand blasting

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 101 -nileshj Page 101 07/09/2019

Page 101
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 101 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP- 26 NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING (NDT)

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure, practices and precautions to be followed / while carrying out Non
destructive testing at any of ACL projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL while carrying out Non Destructive Test.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned Site Mechanical supervisor/ engineer & block in charge are responsible for ensuring
workers are wearing the relevant PPE and necessary precautions are taken while carrying out NDT
Overall responsibility lies with Project Head.

PROCEDURE
While NDTs like DPT, Ultrasound/ Sonography, etc. are also commonly used, they do not pose any
significant risk to human body, except electrical hazards and, in case of Die Penetration Test, certain
minor chemical/ fire hazards, Radiography carries significant and serious health hazards. Therefore,
radiography has been discussed in detail.

RADIOGRAPHY
Safe Work Practices
• Radiography cameras shall be operated only by certified radiographers under the supervision of
competent person.
• As far as possible, field radiography shall be carried out at night time when there is little occupancy
or no occupancy around.
• Field radiography during day time may be permitted on a restricted scale when the occupancy
around is minimum, for example during lunch interval or on holidays.
• If field radiography is carried out at the same location repeatedly, it is advisable to provide either a
wire fencing around or a temporary brick enclosure.
• Specified area around the radiation source shall be cordoned off during field radiography so that
the radiation levels outside the area do not exceed the reference radiation levels for members of the
public.
• The contractor shall consult the authorized radiographer holding valid license issued by the
competent authority of Baba Atomic Research Centre (BARC) about the safe zone limits and restrict
entry of persons.
• Distance to be cordoned off is determined by the type & strength of the radiation source, type of
exposures given, nature of occupancy & the total exposure time week.
• The radiation levels along the cordon to be monitored by a suitable & calibrated radiation survey
meter, so as to confirm that the cordon distance is indeed adequate.
• Radiation warning symbols shall be conspicuously posted along the cordon. Placards displaying the
appropriate legend in English and local language shall be posted at the cordon. The placard and
the radiation symbol shall be readable from a distance of 6 to 7 meters under normal illumination.
o When the radiography work is carried out at night time, the radiography site upto the boundary
of cordon on all sides shall be adequately illuminated throughout the duration of radiography
work.
o Red warning lights shall be conspicuously displayed during night along the cordon and especially
at the point of entry.
• The concerned radiographer shall be available at the site in the vicinity of the cordoned area
throughout the exposure.
• Wherever practicable, field radiography work shall be limited to collimated exposures. During
panoramic exposure, the primary beam shall be directed towards areas of minimum occupancy.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 102 -nileshj Page 102 07/09/2019

Page 102
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 102 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• While using x-ray machine, full length of the cable connecting the x-ray tube and control console
shall be used.
• Suitable supporting, fastening devices to be used for hoisting & positioning radiography cameras /
X-ray machines in order to avoid mishaps such as accidental fall etc.
• The radiography equipment to always be operated by positioning oneself behind the camera /X-ray
machine, making use of the shielding provided by the body of the equipment.
• All operations shall be planned in advance and executed in minimum possible time.
• The radiography work shall be carried out only under the supervision and guidance of the
radiography-in-charge.

Workman Safety
• The operators of the radiography equipment should ensure that all the safety instructions,
stipulated for the particular radiography equipment by Radiological Safety Officer (RSO) are
scrupulously followed.
• When the work is in progress, the radiography workmen shall wear the film badges or pocket
dosimeters allotted to them and shall undergo periodic medical checkup as per the regulation of
BARC.
• Setting up procedures required for radiography shall be completed before start of radiographic
exposure.
• Job specimens/test objects & film cassettes to never be held by hand during exposures.
• All radiographic exposures shall be given only by duly approved operators and they shall be in
immediate attendance when the radiographic equipment is in use.
• The source to never be handled by hand. It shall be operated with manipulators only.
• When the source is exposed, it is advisable to
o stand behind buildings, steel or other shielding materials
o stand away from the source of radiation
o limit the exposure time for a particular operator per day
• The maximum length of the cable, provided between radiographic equipment and the control
unit / panel, should be made use of and the operator should always position the control unit
/ pane and himself behind temporary barrier / huge objects.
• Radiographs shall be taken with a collimated beam exposure technique, in which the beam will be
directed towards the object only and the rest of the portion will be protected from direct radiation
by the camera. But it shall be seen that the operator stands behind the camera only and any part
of the body does not come in the direct vicinity of radiation.
• It is advisable to use panoramic exposure (source outside the camera technique) only when the
source is of lesser strength (for example say less than 8 curie). When it is necessary to use higher
strength of source for radiography of higher thickness weldment, remote operated cameras (tele flux
cameras) shall be ideal.
• operators should know their dose records & reports of periodical medical examination.
• Maximum Permissible Dose Limit shall be as follows:

Organ Dose Limit for adult radiography Dose Limit for Public
workmen (rems/Year) (rems/Year)
Bone marrow, Eye Lens 5 0.5
Skin, Bones & Thyroid 30 3
Hands, Forearms, Feet & Ankles 75 7.5
Other Organs 15 1.5

Cordoning Distance
• The distance of cordon in a radiography site may be obtained when Iridium 192 is used as source.
However, for combination source strength and work load not specified in the distance could be
calculated as explained below:
• Intensity of radiation level is inversely proportional to the square of the distance from the source.
Using this relation it can be calculated as under
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 103 -nileshj Page 103 07/09/2019

Page 103
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 103 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

Intensity of radiation ά (Strength of the source) / (Distance)2


Radiation Dose ά (Strength of the source x Time of exposure) / (Distance) 2
= Constant x (Strength of the source x Time of exposure) /
(Distance)2
P = (K x A x W) / D2

When P is substituted with safe radiation dose limit per week (0.01 Rem per week), the distance
D obtained from the above formulae will be a safe distance, at which cordoning can be done. Then,
W shall be in Hours of exposure per week while K is the radiation dose at 1 m distance form a
source of 1 Curie for a period of 1 hour. K is 0.5 R/hr (500 mR/hr) for lridium192 and 1.3 R/hr
Cobalt-50.
• Cordon of distance can be reduced by introducing Occupancy Factor (T), which is based on the
nature of human occupancy in radiography field.
• P = (KW)T / D2
• D 2 = (K x A x W)T / P
• If Collimator is used, by introducing attenuation factor B, the cordon off distance can be reduced
in the directions other than Primary Beam direction. B is provided by Collimator.
D2 = (K x A x W)T / (P x B).

Cordon off distances for Open Field Radiography (Panoramic Exposure) (Iridium - 192)

Source Nature of Work Load


Strength Human 5 hrs/ 10 hrs/ 15 hrs/ 20 hrs/ 30 hrs/
Occupancy week week week week Week
Cordon off distance (m)
5 Curie Full 37 52 66 74 93
Partial 18 26 33 36 47
Occasional 10 13 17 18 24
8 Curie Full 47 65 80 94 122
Partial 24 33 40 48 56
Occasional 12 16 20 24 28
10 Curie Full 53 74 90 100 126
Partial 26 37 45 52 63
Occasional 13 19 22 26 31

Occupancy Factor for open field radiography:

Nature of Human Occupancy Occupancy Factor


Full 1
Partial ¼
Occasional 1/16

(Refer to Radiographer's Handbook of Industrial Radiographic inspection & Co. based BARC (Baba
Atomic Research Centre) Regulations).

RECORDS : Work Permit ,Checklist for NDT , JSA & Tool box talk.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 104 -nileshj Page 104 07/09/2019

Page 104
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 104 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP- 27 PRESSURE TESTING

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure, practices and precautions to be followed / while carrying out Pressure testing
at any of ACL projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL which requires carrying out Pressure
Testing.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned Site Mechanical supervisor/ engineer & block in charge are responsible for ensuring
workers are wearing the relevant PPE and necessary precautions are taken while carrying out pressure
testing . Overall responsibility lies with Project Head.

PROCEDURE
In order to prevent accident from hydrostatic test operation, good preparation prior to doing the test,
during the pressurization process and depressurizing operation should be carried out. These jobs should
be made in the form standard operating procedure.
• Specification sheet of the equipments and or pipe line, which mentions pressure and temperature
designs are available and complete.
• Hydrostatic test pressure and temperature standard are already clearly defined in the related
document.
• Pressure test planning has to be distributed to all relevant sections in the plant site at least two days
before the execution date.
• Make good coordination among related sections that involve in the test.
• All test equipments and tools shall be inspected for wear and damage.
• Pressure measurement tools are calibrated & their status of calibration are still valid.
• Pressure gauges used in the test have enough capacity. The gauges are recommended to have 150%
of the maximum allowable working pressure.
• The pressure gauge is safety type, with blowout back.
• Pressure gauges must be installed at a proper location to be easily read & do not create additional
hazards to the hydrostatic test/expose personnel to the vessel being tested.
• All the temporary tools (such as valve, fitting, hoses, flanges, blind plate, etc) have to be rated more
than the maximum hydrostatic pressure.
• Isolate other equipments and pipe lines that do not include in the hydrostatic test.
• Vents are available and installed the high points to vent air. Check the vent line before testing and
make sure it is not blocked.
• Choose drain valve at the lowest point in so as to completely empty the vessel & pipe.
• Safety relief valve is already installed. Safety relief valve setting is 1.5 times maximum allowable
working pressure.
• Safety relief valve is calibrated.
• Isolate test area & surround it with safety line. Put appropriate safety sign at that area.
• If possible perform the test from a remote area.
• Make sure that all pipe& vessel supports are in good condition & have been inspected.
• All hoses must be tied down.
• Water temperature must be more than 16 0C (60 F).
• The hydrostatic-pressurizing pump is completed with safety relief valve.
• Wear proper personal protective equipments.
• Do not start the test if a problem is identified.

RECORDS : Work Permit , JSA , Checklist for Pressure testing & Tool box talk

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 105 -nileshj Page 105 07/09/2019

Page 105
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 105 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 106 -nileshj Page 106 07/09/2019

Page 106
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 106 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP- 28 POWER OPERATED HAND TOOLS

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure, practices and precautions to be followed for safe operation & maintenance
of power tools and machinery in all ACL projects.
SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL projects which require the usage of power
tools and other machinery.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned site supervisor / site engineer / electrical engineers are responsible for ensuring the
power tools and machinery are in proper working condition and maintained regularly. Overall
responsibility lies with Project Head.

PROCEDURE
• It shall operate at 220/240 Volts.
• Flexible cords shall be kept as short as possible
• Frequently checked for damage and repaired.
• Damaged cables shall be replaced.
• Long trailing leads over the ground or floor shall be avoided.
• Drums and reels shall be inspected regularly for overheating, which can cause fire.
• All portable tools to be of double insulation type/ alternately provided double body earthing.
• It shall be ensured that there are no cracks or pieces missing on the machine.
• Check if the nameplate is secure with details of
Type Serial number
Voltage Volts AC/DC
Frequency (normally 50 HZ)
Current Amps
Speed RPM
• Other details depending on manufacturer’s recommendation.
• Check that the permissible number of power tools on each circuit is not exceeded.
• Power tools shall only be issued to specific employees and not for general use
• Disconnect machine before adjusting or working on it.
• Disconnect machine when not in use.
• Keep machine clean and free from dampness
• Do not start or stop machine under load
• Tools should not be used for any purpose other than their intended use
• Keep all cutting tools sharp
• Tools shall be kept in a safe condition without broken or damaged parts.
• Use the right tool for the job
• Keep away from inflammable liquid ( sparking tools).

RECORDS ; Check list for power operated hand tools, Periodic maintenance record

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 107 -nileshj Page 107 07/09/2019

Page 107
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 107 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP- 29 FIRE PREVENTION & CONTROL

PURPOSE
To describe the procedure, practices and precautions to be followed for fire prevention & control in all
ACL projects.

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all operations at all ACL projects where adequate measures to be
taken for fire prevention & control.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned site in charges of all departments along with security & Safety In charge are
responsible for ensuring the adequate measures are taken to prevent a fire & control the fire if any.
Overall responsibility lies with Project Head.

PROCEDURE
• Portable fire extinguishers are readily available in the workplace and are appropriately rated and
sized for the potential fire hazards of the immediately work area. Portable fire extinguisher and, fire
hose stations if required, shall be located no further than 15 to 25 m from any potential fire hazard
areas and shall be properly identified so they are easily recognized by the workers.
• All reasonable precautions to prevent fires shall be taken.
• Do not alter or tamper with fire protection equipment or render it inaccessible and do not open or
close hydrants or main water valves except in the case of emergency.
• In case of fire, the personnel in the area shall immediately take all practical measures to protect the
safety of all personnel and to extinguish the fire. The first priority shall be the safety of all personnel.
• Dispose of paper, rags, trash, and other combustible materials only in safe containers. It is
recommended that bio-degradable and non-degradable waste as well as hazardous waste are stored
in separate bins and marked accordingly.
• Transport and store flammable liquids, such as gasoline, kerosene, diesel and fuel oil, in industry-
approved metal containers designed specifically for handling these liquids. Such flammable liquids
shall be stored away from possible sources of ignition.
• Immediately report any leak or indication of gas around piping or vessels and ensure all "hot work"
in the area ceases immediately on the discovery of the hazard.
• Use for cleaning purposes only cleaning non-toxic solvents that have a high flash point (above 140°F,
or 60°C).
• Provide fire protection equipment keeping in view the total fire load of the area. of operation.
• Provide appropriate training to personnel responsible for conducting fire extinguisher and fire hose
inspections.
• Discharged Portable fire extinguishers for any length of time shall immediately be removed from
service & replaced by a fully charged unit of same size & type.
• Shutdown internal combustion engines before they are refuelled, except where the refuelling point is
sufficiently remote from the engine to allow safe refuelling.
• Shutdown all equipment & remove it from the fire location, if feasible, & clear access routes.
• Provide emergency fire fighting services at the field location. To meet this requirement
o Develop an analysis of potential fire scenarios of equipment, work areas, and living quarters and
ensure proper and adequate supplies of fire fighting gear and extinguishing equipment on location
at all times.
o Develop a schedule of weekly, monthly, & annual inspections of all fire fighting equipment that
meet or exceed local government regulations, and/or industry standards.
• Ensure personnel are trained in the proper use of fire fighting equipment and procedures required to
extinguish a fire in its incipient stage.
Note: - This is different than the responsibilities of Emergency Response Teams that may be required
to attack fires that are beyond the incipient stage.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 108 -nileshj Page 108 07/09/2019

Page 108
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 108 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• Post in the field office the name(s) and telephone number(s) of local fire fighting services in the event
additional services are required.
• Post the name(s) and telephone number(s) of ACL and the project personnel in the local area office to
be contacted in the event of a fire emergency if working in highly inflammable areas vulnerable to
serious fire or explosion.
• Construct tarpaulin or other material used to construct a hut; tent or similar protective structure of
flame retardant materials.

RECORDS
Checklist for fire fighting, Record of periodic mock drills, Record of checking of fire fighting equipment.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 109 -nileshj Page 109 07/09/2019

Page 109
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 109 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP- 30 WORK PERMITS

SCOPE
The scope of this document is to provide recommendations on how to plan and execute potentially
hazardous jobs in a safe manner

PURPOSE
To achieve the maximum degree of safety when carrying out non-routine work it is therefore necessary
to use a procedure to ensure those potential hazards are identified and that vital precautions are not
overlooked. Such a procedure requires formal and disciplined action in both the planning and execution
of the work. This procedure should require a written statement to be signed by a responsible person
prior to being issued to the individual responsible for performing the work. This would mean that the
equipment is in safe for work to commence and that risks are under control. Such a process is the core
feature of a work permit-

RESPONSIBILITY
a. The Contractor Project Manager has the responsibility of instructing his Construction
Manager/Superintendents/Supervisors/Engineers/Foremen and all other front-line supervisors on
the implementation of the Work Permit System and to verify whether all the related instructions are
complied with.
b. The Safety Engineer is normally entrusted to administer the Work Permit System Administration.
c. All Project employees are responsible to strictly adhere to the instruction given in the permit and to
work referring to the activity they are called to perform.

PROCEDURE
The Work Permit Systems are designed and intended to specify adequate safety measures in advance
against identified hazards and stipulate implementation of the said safety measures by the permittee to
ensure safe execution of work in the designated workplace within a specified period.

Activities Related to our activities requiring Permit-to-work (PTW)


The following select few activities may require PTW:
• Excavation/ Trenching ; Working in confined space ; Working at Height
• Electrical Work ; Hot work ;Working at P&M & other Power driven equipment
• Blasting operation etc.

Procedure
• Before starting any work covered under WPS (Work Permit System), the concerned supervisor
(Permit tee) fills work permit form and sends it to the authorizing staff.
• On receipt of the filled form, the issuing authority inspects the work spot, fills the form and
authorizes the permit tee to work, for which ACL recommended checklist to be followed.
• After completion of the job, the permit is brought back by the permitee to the issuing authority.
• The issuing authority inspects the work spot and once he is satisfied that the situation is safe,
close the permit.
• A copy of permit to be sent to OH&S Engineer for his information when issuing the permit.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 110 -nileshj Page 110 07/09/2019

Page 110
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 110 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP-31 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

SCOPE
The scope of this procedure includes all the PPE used for operations at all ACL Projects.

PURPOSE
To describe the procedures and practices to be followed / implemented while using Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) in any of ACL projects.

RESPONSIBILITY
The concerned site supervisor/engineer/block in charge of all departments are responsible for ensuring
workers are wearing the PPE relevant to their areas of work. Overall responsibility lies with Project
Head.

PROCEDURE
General
o Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is the least effective way to protect workers because it does
not eliminate or reduce the hazard; it only places a barrier between the worker and the hazard.
o The primary methods for preventing exposure of workmen to hazardous materials are engineering
and administrative controls. Where these control methods are not appropriate or sufficient enough
to control the hazard, personal protective equipment is required.
Conformance to Standards
o All personal Protective Equipments shall have the ISI certification from Bureau of Indian standards
or certification from DGMS.
o Provide suitable personal protective equipment required for personnel, such as clothing, eye
protection, gloves, respiratory equipment, hard hats, hearing protection, toe protection, fall
protection etc.

It is required that all employees entering the hard hat zone where appropriate personal protective
equipment (PPE) and the same shall be maintained in good condition.
All personal protective equipment shall be used and maintained in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations. The Project Management Team shall replace all personal protective equipment when
rendered defective, or lost and reported.
Refer
o IS 2925: 1984 - Specification for Industrial Safety Helmets
o IS 8520 : 1977 Guide for selection of industrial safety equipment for eye, face and ear protection
o IS 9167 : 1979 Specification for ear protectors
o IS 4770 : 1991 Rubber Gloves - Electrical Purposes - Specification
o IS 8807 : 1978 Guide for selection of safety equipment for protection of arms & hands
o IS 6994 : Part 1 : 1973 Specification for safety gloves Part 1 Leather and cotton gloves
o IS 6519 : 1971 Code of practice for selection, care and repair of safety footwear
o IS 10667 :1983 Guide for selection of industrial safety equipment for protection of foot& leg
o IS 1989 : Part 1 :1986 Specification for Leather Safety Boots & Shoes - Part 1 : For Miners
o IS 1989 : Part 2 : 1986 Specification for Leather Safety Boots and Shoes - Part 2 : For Heavy Metal
Industries
o IS 4501 : 1981 Specification for Aprons, Rubberized, Acid and Alkali Resistant
o IS 8519 : 1977 Guide for selection of industrial safety equipment for body protection
o IS 12254 : 1993 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Industrial Boots - Specification
o IS 9623 : 1980 Recommendations for the selection, use and maintenance of respiratory protective
devices
o IS 11226 : 1993 Leather safety footwear having direct moulded rubber sole Specification
o IS 3521 : 1999 Industrial safety belts and harnesses – Specification

RECORDS : PPE register

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 111 -nileshj Page 111 07/09/2019

Page 111
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 111 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP-32 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

• Hazards to health on a construction site can arise from the use of a number of materials,
substances and processes if they are not properly controlled. Some of the more serious risks are
caused by the inhalation of dusts, fibres, toxic fumes, by the misuse of chemicals, lasers and
radioactive isotopes. Excessive vibration & excessive noise can also cause ill health. Man-days are
lost as a result of dermatitis, bronchitis, rheumatism etc.
• Healthy working conditions shall be maintained for all workers. In particular attention to the
effects of noise, dust, air pollution and the use of chemicals shall be paid. If it is not possible to
remove the cause of harm then suitable and sufficient Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) shall
be provided to those workers who could be affected
• If the use of PPE is the only means of providing protection then it shall be ensured that all the
workers affected are properly trained in the use of the PPE and that adequate supervision is
provided to ensure its proper use.

Physical fitness of workmen


• If required, workers shall offer themselves to undergo be medical examination.
• If some reports to the workplace under the influence of alcohol/drug or any other hazardous
substance, the Supervisor-in-charge must promptly report him to the Medical Officer or the
trained First-aider and the Project OH&S Head, as the case may be, and shall not permit him to
continue to be present in the workplace.

Occupational Health Centre


The centre shall maintain health records in good order.
First-aid boxes
• The Project Head shall ensure one First-aid box @ 100 workers is provided and maintained for
giving first-aid treatment the injured person.
• Every First-aid box shall be distinctly marked “First-aid” & equipped with the specified articles.
Ambulance Room/ Dispensary
o Maintain ambulance rooms to treat workers in case of sickness/ injury during the working
hours.
o The ambulance room or dispensary should be located from the rest of the site. It should have a
floor area of at least 24 square meters and smooth, hard and impervious walls and floors, and
should be adequately ventilated and lighted.
o Adequate supply of drinking water should be available.

Noise
Industrial deafness is caused by over exposure to high level of noise from plant, machinery or
construction processes. Once a part of a person’s hearing has been lost, it can never be recovered.
Deafness can also lead to further accidents on site with workers being unable to hear warning and other
instructions.
For continuous exposure, i.e., for eight hours in any one-day, the sound level should not exceed 90 dB
(A). For non- continuous exposure, a calculated equivalent continuous sound level (Leq) should not
exceed 90 dB (A). Workers should not be exposed to sound levels exceeding 90 dB (A) unless they are
wearing suitable hearing protectors, which can effectively reduce the sound level at the users ear to, or
below 90 dB (A). If Peak noise levels exceed 115dB (A) then the wearing of suitable hearing protectors
shall he Mandatory. Consideration shall always be given first to reducing the noise level at source.
Examples of noise reduction methods include:
More efficient silencers on compressors and maintenance
o of the exhaust systems
o Fitting acoustic lining to machinery panels
o Use of Acoustic screens and sheds to protect others
o Sitting of noisy plant away from the workplace.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 112 -nileshj Page 112 07/09/2019

Page 112
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 112 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Where it is not possible to reduce the noise level to which the worker is exposed, the workers shall be
provided with suitable and sufficient hearing protection to protect them. All the workers affected shall
be properly trained in the use of the Hearing Protection and that adequate supervision is provided to
ensure its proper use.

SOP-33 WASTE MANAGEMENT

The types of waste generated at site include:


Construction debris like waste concrete , Excavated soil
Used electrical /wood/ plastic and other miscellaneous waste items
Used oil from machinery , Bentonite clay slurry after piling, Reinforcement pieces ,Cement
Concrete blocks , Wood, Hazardous chemicals ,Plastics, Tiles, blocks, bricks, etc

General Waste Control:


• None of the waste as above shall be stored other than at the specified location.
• Waste shall not be thrown into nallah causing public obstruction or inconvenience to private party
& or on the Government land.
• Use PPE while handling the waste
• No burning of waste at site shall be permitted.
• Allocate sufficient space and resources for effective and efficient waste management.
• Segregate different types of waste as they are generated.
• Use containers suitable for their contents. Consider using colour coding and labelling.
• Use containers suitable for their contents. Check containers are not corroded or worn-out.
• Minimise the risk of accidental spillages or leaks. Provide covers and bunds to prevent evaporation
and spillage of waste.
• Ensure that waste cannot blow away. Avoid mixing different types of wastes unless it is known that
mixing is harmless and will have no adverse effects on the subsequent management of the waste.
Storage
Avoid
• Exceeding shelf lives
• Damage or contamination from incorrect storage
• Loss, theft and vandalism
Handling
Avoid
• Damage or spillage through incorrect or repetitive handling
Minimise the disposal cost by reusing or recycling waste that is generated on sites. This can be done
easily if the wastes are properly segregated.

OTHER MANAGEMENT INITIATIVES


• Construction site, construction camps and all other sites (access roads, storage areas) shall be kept
clean at all times;
• Littering to be prevented by supply of adequate containers emptied on a regular basis;
• Re-use and recycling opportunities shall be systematically investigated;
• Separation at source shall be implemented, e.g. by designating a separate waste disposal area where
different types of waste can be brought and separated;
• Temporary storage of waste on site shall be limited to designated weather proof and scavenger proof
areas; waste sorting and temporary storage area shall be regularly controlled;
• Final disposal facilities (landfill, incinerators), if already existing, shall be compliant with local
(licensed) and environmental standards; Where new disposal areas are created, an environmental
impact study of disposal commensurate to the size and importance of the infrastructure shall be
carried out including alternative analysis, potential impacts and management regarding soil,
ground and surface, water contamination and closure and reclamation measures;
• On site burning, burying or dumping of any waste materials, vegetation, litter or refuse shall not be
permitted, as a general rule;
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 113 -nileshj Page 113 07/09/2019

Page 113
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 113 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 114 -nileshj Page 114 07/09/2019

Page 114
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 114 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP-34 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS & RESPONSE SYSTEM

SCOPE
This plan encompasses the entire project and addresses a broad range of potential major emergencies
either man made or natural. Such incidents may, and similar events affecting more than one site

PURPOSE
The purpose of this plan is to establish procedures & duties, to promote planning and to establish
training for the staff of ACL at projects for fire and other emergency evacuations as required.

RESPONSIBILITY
The project safety in charge is responsible to for the formation ,imparting training & to conduct mock
drills to the emergency response team with people drawn from various departments who in turn will be
responsible for safe evacuation during an emergency .Over all responsibility lies with the Project Head

PROCEDURE

The following type of emergencies may occur at the worksite e.g.,


• Fire and explosion
• Collapse of lifting appliances and transport equipment
• Collapse of buildings, sheds or structures etc.
• Gas leakage or spillage of dangerous goods or chemicals
• Bomb threat, Criminal or Terrorist attack
• Drowning of workers
• Landslides getting workers buried, floods, earthquake, storms and other natural calamities

The broad guidelines of Emergency Response Plan include the following:


• Objective
• Emergency Response Committee (ERC)
• Emergency Control Room (ECR)
• Responsibility
• Emergency Response Management (ERM)
• Declaration of Emergency
• Termination of Emergency and Debrief
• Assembly point
• Head Count
• Emergency Communication System
• Emergency Contact Information
• Fire Fighting Facilities
• Emergency Safety Equipment
• Emergency Handling Strategies for different Scenarios
• Training for Emergency Management
• Mock drills

Objective
The main objectives of the emergency response plan are:
• Preserving the life, property and environment from the consequences of emergencies arising within
the site.
• Systematic coordination of emergency control action to arrest escalation of emergency, to evacuate
personnel within or outside the site wherever necessary & to rehabilitate them.
• Restoring normalcy in site operation with minimum loss of time.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 115 -nileshj Page 115 07/09/2019

Page 115
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 115 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Emergency Response Committee (ERC)
• An emergency response committee shall be formed comprising key personnel of the project
management team.
• All the members shall have standby/alternate members to replace them if necessary.
• The purpose of ERC is to manage an orderly response to an emergency situation. Typical
constitution of an emergency response committee is given below. Other members may be included
based on the site requirements

Project Head (Emergency controller)


• Nominated In-charge (one who acts in absence of the Project Head)
• Accounts & Administration In-charge
• Project OH&S Head
• Plant & Machinery In-charge
• Section / Area In-charges
• Storekeeper
• Surveyor
• Any other member as per site manning.

Emergency Control Room (ECR)


The Emergency Response Committee shall operate from the room identified as Emergency Control
Room (ECR). The emergency control room shall be equipped with items that may be required to manage
the emergency situation effectively. The list of a few such types of equipment is given below
• Site layout showing assembly points and exit routes
• Road maps leading to the site
• List of telephone nos. of key personnel & other external agencies
• Dedicated telephone number
• List of safety equipment like escape devices, respirators, self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA),
body harness etc. as applicable to the site and their storage locations.
• List & location of fire-fighting equipment.
• Emergency standby power system
• Emergency hand lamps
• Hand operated alarm / siren
• *Public announcement system
• *Self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA)
• *Gas Detectors
• Log book and stationery items
(Note: * depends on the nature of project and activities undertaken)

Responsibility of
A. Project Head as the Head of Emergency Response Committee (ERC)
• As the Project Head and head of emergency response committee, he is responsible for activating the
emergency plan & assume overall command in the emergency situation.
• Immediately arrange for an informal on-spot meeting of the members preferably at the emergency
control room to take stock of the situation and initiate necessary measures.
• Take on-spot decision on the procedure to be adopted based on the type and extent of the
emergency.
• Authorize committee members and other personnel to carry out the specified tasks as decided in
the on-spot meeting.
• Arrange all the required facilities through accounts & administration for the necessary medical aid,
manpower, money, conveyance etc.
• Communicate the occurrence of emergency situation and steps being taken, to Project Coordinator,
and other concerned officials at Head quarters / Zonal office.

B. Nominated In-charge
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 116 -nileshj Page 116 07/09/2019

Page 116
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 116 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• In absence of Project Head, the nominated in-charge shall be the Head of Emergency Response
Committee.
• Ensures resource availability required during emergency and acts on behalf of the Project Head

C. Accounts & Administration In-charge


• Attends the on-spot emergency meeting.
• Ensures necessary first aid facilities are available to meet the emergency.
• Ensures necessary arrangements for medical evacuation of injured and shifting to hospitals as
recommended by the medical practitioner/ first-aid attendant.
• Coordinates with external agencies such as local police, fire station, district administration etc.
• Collects details of manpower working in the area during emergency.
• Ensures the availability of first-aid facilities and emergency vehicle so as to shift the victim to the
hospital, if necessary, and in consultation with the accounts and administration In-charge.
• Carries out head count to find out the missing personnel (if any) at the assembly point.

D. Plant & Machinery In-charge


• Makes necessary arrangement for Plant & Machinery, Operators and drivers required for rescue
operations as decided in the on-spot meeting.
• Arranges Illumination/lighting as required for the rescue and other emergency operations

E. Project OH&S Head


• Informs Project Head.
• Acts as a co-ordinator for the emergency response committee.
• Organizes rescue team with rescue apparatus like self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA), gas
detectors, stretchers etc (as required).
G. Storekeeper
• If required, arranges necessary materials like tools & tackles for rescue operation as advised by
the accounts and administration in-charge.
• Assists accounts and administration In-charge in his operations.
H. Surveyor
• Assists the emergency response committee to identify the exact location of emergency from
available drawings and site experience.
I. Security Personnel
• They are responsible for controlling the traffic on the public roads and keep them clear of any
obstruction for free movement of ambulance and other vehicles.
• Temporarily suspends the entry of visitors and workers who are not required for the rescue
operations and stops all vehicle movements to clear the roads for emergency vehicles, if required.
Members of the Emergency Response Committee (ERC)
• On receiving Information about the emergency situation, all members shall try to communicate
the same to emergency controller and other members and proceed to the emergency control room.
• Shall carry out the works assigned to each individual during the emergency response committee
meeting.

Emergency Response Management (ERM)


Declaration of Emergency
• As the chairman of emergency response committee, Project Head shall declare the emergency and
during his absence the next in-charge shall declare the emergency. Emergencies shall be
broadcast by the established communication system such as alarm or siren.
• The siren/ alarm is an indication to everyone at site that an emergency situation has arisen and
if so directed, they may have to stop the work and move towards pre-designated safer areas i.e.
assembly point.

Termination of Emergency and Debrief

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 117 -nileshj Page 117 07/09/2019

Page 117
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 117 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• Emergency Response Committee is responsible for the termination of the emergency. Once the
emergency has been terminated, the ERC shall conduct an inspection of the facilities affected by
the incident and complete an initial investigation report.
• Reassessment of the work site must be completed prior to recommencement. Also resumption of
the work can be carried out only after the proper head count and final go-ahead given by the
Project Head/Alternate.

Assembly point & head count


• Assembly points to be identified in the project site and clearly marked with sign boards.
• Sign boards shall be placed to indicate the direction to the assembly point from different work
areas.

Head Count
• Head count is a system for accounting of personnel following an evacuation.
• Head count shall be taken by the Administration In-charge personnel after the evacuation and
assembly in assembly point.
• A method shall be established for accounting of non-employees such as suppliers, customers and
visitors.

Emergency Communication System


• A standard emergency communication procedure in case of emergency shall be developed and
communicated to all concerned in the site. The procedure shall give clear guidelines on how to
communicate in the following cases to
o Alert the workers
o Evacuate or take other action
o Report
• The emergency communication system shall be through Siren, Public Address System or any other
system suitable as per the site conditions.
• The alarms to be distinctive and recognized by all personnel working in the site as a signal to
evacuate the work area or perform actions identified in the Emergency Response Plan.

Emergency Contact Information


Name, designation & telephone numbers of important personnel who may be required to be contacted
in case of emergency shall be made readily available. A typical emergency contact information chart is
given.
(Refer C-SOPM-36: Emergency Contact Information, pp.197)

Fire Fighting Facilities

• Water bucket, Sand bucket, Portable fire extinguisher of different types (to be decided as per site
requirement)
• These fire fighting devices shall be kept as close to the location as possible but not close enough
get engulfed in the fire or heat zone from where retrieving and using the devices may be difficult.

Emergency Safety Equipment

The list of emergency equipment may include (depending on the site requirement, if any):
• Self contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) :Oxygen indicator
• Oxygen Resuscitator : Hard Stretcher ; Oxygen cylinder: Explosimeter
• Portable Gas Detector ; High Power search light ; Hand tools (Axe, shovel)
• First-aid Equipment ;Full Body Harness ; Mega Phone ; Manual siren :Ring buoys

Emergency Handling Strategies for different Scenarios

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 118 -nileshj Page 118 07/09/2019

Page 118
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 118 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
• This Emergency Response Plan (ERP) shall be designed to help the project team to respond quickly
and effectively to all emergency scenarios that may have the probability of occurrence.
• Emergency situations to be covered in an emergency response plan shall include but not limited
to
o Occupational Injury & Illness ; Fire & Explosion
o Release of toxic gas ; Security breaches
o Civil Disturbances / Political Emergency Evacuation
o Earthquake ; Flood ; Storm/Cyclone
• Other emergency situations specific to the site shall be included in the emergency response plan.

Training for Emergency Management

Training of employees related to emergency response shall consist of and address the following
• Function and elements of emergency action plan
• Types of potential emergencies
• Notification, warning, and communications procedures
• Emergency response procedures
• Evacuation, shelter, and accountability procedures
• Location and use of common emergency equipment
• Any other special hazards on site such as flammable materials, toxic chemicals, radioactive
sources.

Mock drills
Mock drills shall be carried out at regular intervals so as to ensure continued familiarity of the
personnel with the emergency procedure and to check if the hardware infrastructure provided for
emergency management is in a good shape.

RECORDS

Mock drill report , Emergency preparedness training record,

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 119 -nileshj Page 119 07/09/2019

Page 119
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 119 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

SOP-35 INCIDENT INVESTIGATATION

Purpose
Purpose of this procedure is to:

i) To establish the process of Reporting, investigating, development and implementation of


corrective and preventive actions and sharing all the incidents
ii) To prevent reoccurrence of the incident across ACL by reviewing management & work practices;
iii) To develop statistical data for analysis, review and developing further actions;
iv) Correct identified deficiencies throughout the system or operation; and
v) To share the lessons learned company wide.

Scope
This procedure applies to all Occupational Health and Safety incidents related to persons associated
with ACL and its activities (employees, contractors, third party, students, clients, volunteers, visitors
and associated organizations) within and out side the ACL project site.

Procedure and Responsibilities


Incident Reporting (Internal Reporting)
i) In case of any incident, the injured person or any other person closely associated with the event
shall verbally report the incident (irrespective of its nature / magnitude) immediately to the
Supervisor.
ii) The concerned Supervisor or the witness shall arrange to transfer the injured to the
Occupational Health Centre based on the nature of the injury. When summoning an ambulance
the following information shall be given :
a. The exact location of the injured person
b. Details about accident i.e. gas poisoning, bleeding, burn injury, fractures etc.
c. Number of persons affected.
iii) If the concerned Supervisor is not available at the incident site, the witness to the incident shall
then inform the Shift In-charge / concerned HOD about the incident.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 120 -nileshj Page 120 07/09/2019

Page 120
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 120 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
iv) The OHC representative on duty shall initiate the reporting and investigation forms in case of
injury related incidents other than first aid incidents. All serious injuries shall be informed to
Plant Head, Plant OH&S co-ordinator and HOD (HR) over phone immediately. .
v) First aid shall be reported in the form available with OHS personnel by the Shift Supervisor
and forwarded to plant OH&S co-ordinator.
vi) Near Miss shall be reported in the form available with OHS personnel by the Shift Supervisor
and forwarded to plant OH&S co-ordinator.
vii) Plant OH&S co-ordinator shall report Dangerous Occurrences as per the state Factory Rules.
viii) Incident reporting and investigation format shall be finally reviewed by Unit Head in case of
LTI, Dangerous Occurrence and Fatalities. First Aid, MTI shall be reviewed by Department
Head. Near Misses shall be reviewed by the supervisor and forwarded to plant OH&S co-
ordinator.
ix) Plant OH&S co-ordinator will co-ordinate with HR dept. for further course of action related to
reporting to statutory authorities as per legal requirement.
x) All incidents required to be reported to respective statutory agencies, to be filed by HOD (HR)
in co-ordination with plant OH&S co-ordinator & respective Department Heads.

Safety Alert.(Annexure-VI)

On Site and Offsite Fatality/ LTIs


i) Within forty-eight (48) hours of the occurrence of Fatality the plant OH&S co-ordinator shall
submit Safety Alert to the Plant Head, Regional OH&S co-ordinator and Group OH&S co-
ordinator. Group OH&S co-ordinator shall forward the alert within the next 3 days after the
alert is received to all TML’s. SML’s, Plant OHS Co-ordinators.
ii) Within 10 days of the occurrence of LTI the Plant OH&S co-ordinator shall submit Safety Alert
to the Plant Head and Regional OH&S co-ordinator who in turn will review and forward the
Stage Description Time Frame
Fatal Group Company OH&S Coordinator receives notification of a Immediately upon
Incident fatal incident and informs all relevant internal parties asper receiving
Occurs the Group Companies Internal reporting procedure. information
External Area Country Manager and EXCO member are informed As soon as
Notification of the Fatal Incident - by the company representative Practicable
(based on Group company procedure). In general terms (within 4 hours)
this is often performed by the Group Company CEO
External HRGS –OH&S to be informed - Regional Consultant to be within 24 hours
Notification notified, in the first instance contact should be attempted by
phone then by email - when emailing C/Cthe OH&S Director
Notification HGRS – OH&S Regional Consultant Notifies OH&S Director Immediately upon
- In cases in which there is uncertainty if the Incident is notification
recordable as a work related fatality the OH&S Director
make this decision - determine if recordable under Holcim
Accounting Reporting Procedures
Notification HGRS-OH&S Director Notifies Holcim CEO, of the fatal Within 48hours
Incident - Group Company, Region,Incident Status
Safety Alert Group Company OH&S Coordinator forwards a Safety Within 5 days of
Alert to HGRS-OH&S Regional Consultant for review - the Date
Safety Alert issued on 1 page template as provided on of the Incident
Holspace
EXCO Group Company OH&S Coordinator Forwards Copy of Within 1 month of
Presentation theEXCO presentation to the Regional Consultant 1 month thefatal incident
prior to scheduled presentation date. occurring
same to OHS co-ordinator Auditing and Reporting. OH&S co-ordinator Auditing and Reporting
shall forward the alert within the next 5 days after the alert is received to all other Regional
OH&S co-ordinators for further circulation.

Incident Reporting (Corporate Reporting)


Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 121 -nileshj Page 121 07/09/2019

Page 121
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 121 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

Immediate communication.
For all Fatal incidents the plant OH&S co-ordinator must notify the Regional and Group
OH&S coordinator verbally with the pertinent information regarding the incident
immediately.

3.3.2 Notification of Fatal Incidents to HGRS


Off site fatalities and LTIs

ACL employees and subcontracted persons

i) All fatalities and LTIs that are not the result of an “act of God” or a general exception and are
suffered by ACL employees and subcontracted persons have to be reported if such
employees/persons were active off site on company business.
ii) All fatalities and LTIs that are not the result of an “act of God” or a general exception and are
inflicted on third parties by employees and subcontracted persons have to be reported if such
employees/persons were active on company business and at least partially guilty for the incident.
Guilt or partial guilt has to be established by the relevant local authorities. If such judgment
cannot be obtained in due time it has to be substituted by the result of an in-depth internal
investigation by the ACL. For consistency reasons Corporate OH&S has to be involved for
questions of guilt and partial guilt

3.4.2 Employees of contractors

a. All fatalities and LTIs that are not the result of an “act of God” or a general exception, suffered
by employees of a contractor have to be reported if there is direct or indirect management control
by ACL over safety issues. ACL is deemed to have at least indirect management control over
safety issues if one of the following applies:
- The contract between ACL and the contractor contains sections referring to ACL rules on
OH&S that must be observed by the contractor. When emploing contractors on a medium
or long-term basis it is a requirement of ACL’s Social Responsibility that such clauses are
introduced into contracts. The OH&S management system of ACL as well as the FPE on
Vehicle and Traffic Safety require such clauses.
- In case of vehicles: the vehicle or part of it (tractor and/or trailer) belong to ACL or carry
the logo of ACL

b. Fatalities and LTIs inflicted by employees of contractors that are not the result of an “act of
God” or general exception are reported if there is direct or indirect management control of ACL
over safety issues and at least partial guilt on the part of the employee. Guilt or partial guilt
has to be established by the relevant local authorities. If such judgement cannot be obtained
in due time it has to be substituted by the result of an in-depth internal investigation by the
ACL. For consistency reasons HOLCIM Corporate OH&S has to be involved for questions of
guilt and partial guilt .

Reporting rules in the case of guilt or partial guilt

a. All fatalities and LTIs have to be reported by the ACL Group OHS Co-ordinator to HOLCIM
Corporate OH&S together with a proposal and a justification regarding guilt or no guilt.
b. If the proposal indicates guilt or partial guilt Corporate OH&S will include the fatality or LTI
in the statistics but indicate that the final decision is still outstanding. If the proposal is no guilt,
then the fatality or LTI will not be recorded immediately but a final decision on whether to record
or not will be kept pending until the final decision of the local authorities or ACL.
c. Due to year end closing a final decision on such incidents is needed at the latest by
January 15 of the following calendar year. If no such decision has been received from the relevant
authorities by that time Corporate OH&S will make the final decision based upon the
documentation received from the ACL.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 122 -nileshj Page 122 07/09/2019

Page 122
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 122 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

Hazard Reporting

All Hazards shall be reported. All defects, substandard conditions will be treated as hazards
and will be reported under the same category. Hazards shall be reported as specified in the
procedure- Planned Inspection.

ANNEXURE - 1

Hazard identification, Risk and Control Profile for construction Activities

* Hazard: Source, situation, or act with a potential for human injury, or ill health.
** Risk: Combination of Likelihood of an occurrence of a hazardous event or exposure(s) and the
severity of injury or ill health that can be caused by the event or exposure(s)

RA - Confined RA- block Work.xls RA grinding.xls RA- Pneumatic RA- RA_BACK Filling &
space.xls Tools.xls Prestressing.xlsx Compaction.xls

RA-CONCRETING.xls RA-Curing.xls RA-Demolition.xls RA-DG Intallation.xls RA-DG Intallation.xls

RA-DG RA-erection of tower RA-Gas Cutting.xls RA-Hydrotesting.xls RA-Material RA-Excavation.xls


maintenence.xls crane.xls handling(Mechanical).xls

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 123 -nileshj Page 123 07/09/2019

Page 123
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 123 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

RA-Painting.xls RA-PILING.xls RA-RIGGING.xls RA-Scaffolding.xls RA-Sloping Roof.xls RA-PORTABLE


ELECTRIC TOOLS.xls

RA-Reinforcement.xl RA-Steel erection.xls RA-Welding.xls RA-Work over RA-Batching


s water.xls Plant.xls

SAMPLE OF METHOD STATEMENT

Sample Metod
statement.docx

ANNEXURE-2

GENERAL MANAGEMENT REPORT

Name of the Project………………………………………… For the Month of:…………………........

CURRENT CUMULATIVE
Sr.
DESCRIPTION OF REPORT ITEMS MONTH START SINCE
No.
………………..
1 Total Manpower (engaged daily average)
Total man-hours worked
2 (serial # 1 X # of working hrs. …… per day X # of working
days…….. for that month)
3 Cumulative Man hours worked since start
4 Total man-hours worked without Loss Time Accidents (LTA)

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 124 -nileshj Page 124 07/09/2019

Page 124
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 124 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

5 Total Man-days lost due to Loss-Time Accident (LTA)


6 Number of Reportable LTA
7 Number of minor injury/ first-aid cases
8 Number of near miss incidents
9 Number of Medical Treatment Injuries
10 Number of Major Injury
11 Number of Fatal Accident
12 Number of Dangerous Occurrence
13 Total cost of treatment
Frequency rate = (Number of Reportable LTA x 10 6) / Man-
14
hours Worked.
Severity rate = ( Man-days Lost due to Reportable LTA x
15
106 ) / Man-hours Worked
Cumulative AIR ( Accident Incident Rate ) ;
17 AIR = (Number of Reportable Accident x 1000) / Average
Daily Manpower.

18 No. of personnel exposed to tool box training

19 No. of tool box meetings held

20 No. of Safety Training Programmes Conducted

21 No. of hazard identified

22 No of Safety walk thru conducted

(Project OH&S Head) (Project Head

ANNEXURE-3
PERIODIC INSPECTION CHECK LIST
Name of the Site: For the Month of:
A = Adequate at time of inspection B = Needs immediate attention .
A B Location/ Dept.
1. JOB SITE INFORMATION
􀀀 􀀀 Safety posters or others displayed appropriately
􀀀 􀀀 Scheduled safety meetings held and documented
􀀀 􀀀 Adequate employee training – general and specific
􀀀 􀀀 Medical services, first aid , stretchers qualified first aider
available

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 125 -nileshj Page 125 07/09/2019

Page 125
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 125 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
A B Location/ Dept.
􀀀 􀀀 Emergency telephone numbers displayed at important
locations
2. HOUSEKEEPING AND SANITATION
􀀀 􀀀 Cleanliness of working area
􀀀 􀀀 Waste and trash regularly disposed
􀀀 􀀀 Enclosed chute provided when material dropped outside of
building from over 20 feet
􀀀 􀀀 Lighting adequate for all work tasks
􀀀 􀀀 Area is free from loose reinforcement bars & stacked
􀀀 􀀀 Oil and grease removed from walkways and stairs
􀀀 􀀀 Waste containers provided and used
􀀀 􀀀 Sanitary facilities adequate and clear
􀀀 􀀀 Potable water available for drinking
􀀀 􀀀 Shuttering plates and Wooden buttons properly stacked
􀀀 􀀀 Area clear of concrete debris
􀀀 􀀀 Area clear of earthen heaps
􀀀 􀀀 Safety nets in place while work is in progress at heights
3. FIRE PREVENTION
􀀀 􀀀 Fire protection program developed
􀀀 􀀀 Fire instructions provided to personnel
􀀀 􀀀 Proper type and number of fire extinguishers, identified,
checked and accessible
􀀀 􀀀 Phone number of fire department displayed clearly
􀀀 􀀀 NO SMOKING signs posted and enforced where needed
􀀀 􀀀 Temporary heating devices safe. Adequate ventilation provided
4. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS
􀀀 􀀀 Adequate wiring, well insulated, grounded, protected from
damage
􀀀 􀀀 Assured grounding program followed (OR)
􀀀 􀀀 Ground fault circuit interrupters used ELCB or RCCB
􀀀 􀀀 Terminal boxes equipped with required covers protection from
rain
5. HAND TOOLS
􀀀 􀀀 Proper tools being used for each job
􀀀 􀀀 Safe carrying practices used
􀀀 􀀀 Company and employees’ tools regularly inspected and
maintained
6. POWER TOOLS
􀀀 􀀀 Tools and cords in good condition
􀀀 􀀀 Proper grounding of all tools (OR)
􀀀 􀀀 Double insulated tools used
􀀀 􀀀 Proper instruction in use provided
􀀀 􀀀 All mechanical guards in use
􀀀 􀀀 Tools neatly stored when not in use
􀀀 􀀀 Right tool being used for the job at hand
􀀀 􀀀 Wiring properly installed
7. POWDER-ACTUATED TOOLS
􀀀 􀀀 All operators licensed
􀀀 􀀀 Tools and charges protected from unauthorized use
􀀀 􀀀 Competent instruction and supervision provided
􀀀 􀀀 Tools used only on recommended materials

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 126 -nileshj Page 126 07/09/2019

Page 126
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 126 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
A B Location/ Dept.
􀀀 􀀀 Flying hazards checked by backing up, removal of personnel,
or use of captive stud tool
8. LADDERS
􀀀 􀀀 Ladders inspected and in good condition
􀀀 􀀀 Ladders properly secured to prevent slipping, sliding or falling
􀀀 􀀀 Side rails extended 36” above the top of landing
􀀀 􀀀 Job-built ladders properly constructed
􀀀 􀀀 Stepladders fully open when in use
􀀀 􀀀 Metal ladders not used around electrical hazards
􀀀 􀀀 Ladders not painted
􀀀 􀀀 Ladders properly stored
􀀀 􀀀 Ladder safety feet in use
9. HEAVY EQUIPMENT
􀀀 􀀀 Inspection and maintenance records up to date
􀀀 􀀀 Lights, brakes, warning signals operative
􀀀 􀀀 Wheels chocked when necessary
􀀀 􀀀 Haul roads well maintained and properly laid out
􀀀 􀀀 Equipment is properly secured when not in use
􀀀 􀀀 Shut-off devices on hose air/hydraulic lines, in case of hose
failure
􀀀 􀀀 Noise arrestors in use
􀀀 􀀀 Reverse horn & lamp in working condition
10. SCAFFOLDING
􀀀 􀀀 Erection properly supervised
􀀀 􀀀 All structural members meet safety factors
􀀀 􀀀 All connections secure
􀀀 􀀀 Scaffold tied in to the structure when required
􀀀 􀀀 Working areas free of debris and grease
􀀀 􀀀 Workers protected from falling objects
􀀀 􀀀 Scaffolds plumb and square, with cross-bracing
􀀀 􀀀 Guard rails, intermediate rails, and toe boards in place
􀀀 􀀀 Adequate, sound planking provided
􀀀 􀀀 Scaffold equipment in good working order
􀀀 􀀀 Ropes and cables in good condition
11. MOTOR VEHICLES
􀀀 􀀀 Roadways or walkway hazards effectively barricaded
􀀀 􀀀 Barricades painted with fluorescent paints.
􀀀 􀀀 Traffic control devices used when appropriate
􀀀 􀀀 Inspection and maintenance records up to date
􀀀 􀀀 Operators qualified for vehicles in use
􀀀 􀀀 Local and state vehicle laws and regulations observed
􀀀 􀀀 Brakes, lights, warning devices operative
􀀀 􀀀 Weight limits and load sizes controlled
􀀀 􀀀 Personnel transported in a safe manner
􀀀 􀀀 All glass in good condition
􀀀 􀀀 Back-up signals provided

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 127 -nileshj Page 127 07/09/2019

Page 127
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 127 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
A B Location/ Dept.
􀀀 􀀀 Reverse horn in working condition
􀀀 􀀀 Fire extinguishers installed where required
􀀀 􀀀 “SLOW MOVING VEHICLE” signs used when required
12. HOISTS, CRANES AND DERRICKS
􀀀 􀀀 Cables and sheaves regularly inspected
􀀀 􀀀 Slings and chains, hooks and eyes inspected before each use
􀀀 􀀀 Equipment firmly supported
􀀀 􀀀 Outriggers used if needed
􀀀 􀀀 Power lines inactivated, removed, or at a safe distance
􀀀 􀀀 Proper loading for capacity at lifting radius. Rated load
capacities posted?
􀀀 􀀀 All equipment properly lubricated and maintained
􀀀 􀀀 Signalpersons where needed
􀀀 􀀀 Signals posed, understood, and observed
􀀀 􀀀 Inspection and maintenance logs maintained
􀀀 􀀀 Hazard signs posted and visible to operator
13. BARRICADES
􀀀 􀀀 Floor and wall openings covered with steel plates or barricaded
􀀀 􀀀 Excavated pits
􀀀 􀀀 Roadways or walkway hazards effectively barricaded
􀀀 􀀀 Barricades illuminated or reflectorised at night
􀀀 􀀀 Traffic control devices used when appropriate
14. HANDLING AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS
􀀀 􀀀 Materials properly stored or stacked
􀀀 􀀀 Passageways clear
􀀀 􀀀 Stacks on firm footings, not too high
􀀀 􀀀 Materials protected against weather conditions
􀀀 􀀀 Trash chutes safeguarded and properly used
􀀀 􀀀 Dust protection observed
􀀀 􀀀 Traffic controlled in the storage area
15. EXPLOSIVES
􀀀 􀀀 Qualified operators supervision during all explosives
operations
􀀀 􀀀 Proper transport vehicles as required by Department of
Transportation
􀀀 􀀀 State and local laws and regulations observed
􀀀 􀀀 Storage magazines constructed per regulations
􀀀 􀀀 Cases opened ONLY with wooden tools
􀀀 􀀀 “NO SMOKING” signs posted and observed where appropriate
􀀀 􀀀 Detonators tested before each blast
􀀀 􀀀 All personnel familiar with signals; signals properly used at all
times
􀀀 􀀀 Inspection after each blast
􀀀 􀀀 Proper protection and accounting for all explosives at all times
􀀀 􀀀 Proper disposition of wrappings, waste, and scrap

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 128 -nileshj Page 128 07/09/2019

Page 128
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 128 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
A B Location/ Dept.
􀀀 􀀀 Nearby residents advised of blasting and danger
16. WELDING AND CUTTING
􀀀 􀀀 Operators qualified
􀀀 􀀀 Screens and shields used when needed
􀀀 􀀀 Goggles, welding helmets, gloves, clothing used as required
􀀀 􀀀 Equipment in safe operating condition
􀀀 􀀀 Electrical equipment grounded
􀀀 􀀀 Power cables and hoses protected and in good repair
􀀀 􀀀 Fire extinguishers of proper type nearby
􀀀 􀀀 Surrounding area inspected for fire hazards
􀀀 􀀀 Flammable materials protected or removed
􀀀 􀀀 Gas cylinders secured upright
􀀀 􀀀 Cylinder caps in use
17. FLAMMABLE GASES AND LIQUIDS
􀀀 􀀀 All containers approved and clearly identified
􀀀 􀀀 Proper storage practices observed
􀀀 􀀀 Fire hazards checked
􀀀 􀀀 Proper types and number of extinguishers nearby
􀀀 􀀀 Proper method for moving cylinders used
18. EXCAVATION AND SHORING
􀀀 􀀀 Adjacent structures properly shored
􀀀 􀀀 Excavation sloped as required
􀀀 􀀀 Roads and sidewalks supported and protected
􀀀 􀀀 Material stored away from excavations
􀀀 􀀀 Excavation barricades and lighting adequate
􀀀 􀀀 Equipment working at a safe distance from edge of excavation
􀀀 􀀀 Ladders provided
􀀀 􀀀 Equipment ramps adequate
􀀀 􀀀 Observer (spotter) provided during trenching operations
19. STEEL ERECTION
􀀀 􀀀 Fall protection provided with safety nets
􀀀 􀀀 Floor openings covered with steel plates
􀀀 􀀀 Hard hats worn as required
􀀀 􀀀 Tools and materials secured from falling
􀀀 􀀀 Fire hazards at welding operations eliminated
􀀀 􀀀 Floor openings covered or barricaded
􀀀 􀀀 Ladders, stairs, or other safe access provided
􀀀 􀀀 Daily inspection of hoisting apparatus
􀀀 􀀀 Employees prohibited from riding the ball or loads

20. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT MONITORED BY


SUPERVISORS
􀀀 􀀀 ISI marked Hard hats available on-site; worn when overhead
hazards exist
􀀀 􀀀 Eye protection
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 129 -nileshj Page 129 07/09/2019

Page 129
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 129 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
A B Location/ Dept.
􀀀 􀀀 Face shields
􀀀 􀀀 Written respirator program; respirators fit-tested; replacement
cartridges; cleaning and maintenance
􀀀 􀀀 Helmets and hoods
􀀀 􀀀 Hearing protection – noise monitoring; written program
􀀀 􀀀 Foot protection
􀀀 􀀀 Rubber /plastic gloves, aprons, and sleeves for chemical
protection
􀀀 􀀀 Electrician’s rubber gloves and protectors
21. CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION
􀀀 􀀀 Forms properly installed and braced
􀀀 􀀀 Adequate shoring, plumbed and cross-braced
􀀀 􀀀 Shoring remain in place until strength is attained
􀀀 􀀀 Proper curing period and procedures followed
􀀀 􀀀 Heating devices checked for fire safety
􀀀 􀀀 Mixing & transport equipment supported; traffic planned and
routed
􀀀 􀀀 Adequate runways ramps provided for concrete placement
equipment
􀀀 􀀀 Employees protected from cement dust
􀀀 􀀀 Area clear of concrete debris
􀀀 􀀀 Hard hats, boots, gloves, eye protection, and skin protection
worn at all times
􀀀 􀀀 Pipe lines of concrete pumps secured to scaffolding
􀀀 􀀀 Reinforced bars or removed & stripped material removed from
area
22. LIFTING AND BACK SAFETY
􀀀 􀀀 Team lifting used for heavy or awkward loads
􀀀 􀀀 Mechanical lifting devices used when appropriate
􀀀 􀀀 Back care training provided to all employees
􀀀 􀀀 Bent-knee lifting used by workers
􀀀 􀀀 Work hardening program used for returning time-loss
employees
􀀀 􀀀 Employees do “warm up” exercises before strenuous work
23. HAZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM
􀀀 􀀀 Chemical inventory list developed and maintained
􀀀 􀀀 Containers properly labelled
􀀀 􀀀 Material Safety Data Sheets collected and available
􀀀 􀀀 Adequate employee information and training provided
􀀀 􀀀 Written program available
24. MASONRY
􀀀 􀀀 Scaffolding procedures meet at least minimum requirements
􀀀 􀀀 Masonry saws properly equipped and grounded, dust
protection provided
􀀀 􀀀 Hoisting equipment in safe operating condition and used by
qualified personnel
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 130 -nileshj Page 130 07/09/2019

Page 130
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 130 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
A B Location/ Dept.
􀀀 􀀀 Limited access zone established
􀀀 􀀀 Walls over 8 feet in height adequately braced
25. CONFINED SPACE
􀀀 􀀀 Written confined space program
􀀀 􀀀 Competent instruction and supervisors provided
􀀀 􀀀 Hot work permits obtained, if needed, prior to entry and work
􀀀 􀀀 Evaluation & monitoring – sampling devices adequate,
calibrated,
􀀀 􀀀 Ventilation adequate, testing and monitoring during operation
􀀀 􀀀 Respirators, standby person, harness/lifeline at the site
26. DEMOLITION
􀀀 􀀀 Written demolition plan
􀀀 􀀀 Protection of adjacent structures
􀀀 􀀀 Material chutes used. Floor openings for material disposal
barricaded
􀀀 􀀀 Sidewalk and other public protection provided
􀀀 􀀀 Clear opening space for trucks and other vehicles
􀀀 􀀀 Adequate access ladders or stairs maintained\
27. PILE DRIVING
􀀀 􀀀 Piling rings properly secured with wire ropes
􀀀 􀀀 Unloading only by properly instructed workers
􀀀 􀀀 Steam lines, slings, etc., in safe operating condition
􀀀 􀀀 Pile driving rigs properly supported while shifting
􀀀 􀀀 Cofferdams maintained and inspected
􀀀 􀀀 Return channels for bentonite slurry is adequate in size to
avoid over flow

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 131 -nileshj Page 131 07/09/2019

Page 131
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 131 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

ANNEXURE-4
WORK - PERMIT

Type of permits applied for ( Please Tick )

Hot work Confined space Height work Excavation Electrical Scaffolding


l Lifting Blasting Concreting Piling Demolition Masonry work
Radiography Work over water Shuttering/De shuttering Formwork

Name of the contractor / Employee _____________________________ Department____________________


Description of Work: ________________________________________________________________________
Number of operatives_____________________________ working under the permit.
Identified hazards associated with the above work (Person related & Un safe conditions).

Physical Electrical Thermal Radiation Chemical Others


(Specify)
Cut Impact > 440 Volts Burn Reactive IR UV Contact Ingestion
Penetration Fall HT Voltage Spark Light Welding Inhalation

Permit required for date: From: ___________________ . To : ___________________.


Time : From: ___________________ To : __________________
I have ensured that the requirements for the application of the permit(s) stated have been complied. I
understand the hazards associated with the work and I assure to observe all safety rules & practice.

Signature of the Engineer: _____________________ Signature of the permitting authority: _________________.

TO BE COMPLETED BY PERMITTING AUTHORITY.


I have verified that the requirements have been complied. This permit is issued and remains valid under
the following conditions.

From: ___________________ . To : ___________________.

Name & Sign of issuing authority: ______________________.

PERMIT REVALIDATION: From: ___________________ . To : ___________________.


PERMIT CLOSE OUT – PERMITING AUTHORITY TO CLOSE OUT.
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 132 -nileshj Page 132 07/09/2019

Page 132
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 132 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
I have verified that the work has been completed and the equipment / system is back to normal
operation.
I have informed that the work has to be stopped and a fresh application would be made for this
resumption.

Name & Signature of permitting authority ___________________________ Date & Time : __________________.
PPE REQUIREMENTS
OTHERS
EYE / FACE FOOT HEAD BODY RESPIRATION HAND (SPECIFY)
Face Safety Hard Apron - Nose
Glasses shield Shoes Hat Leather Mask SCBA Leather Cotton
Gum Leg Apron - Mist Arm
Goggles boot guard Cap PVC Vapour guard PVC

PERMIT CONDITIONS.
Permit is valid only for one job. Approval required for the extension.
Extension is permitted only twice or till the request is for fresh day. Fresh permit is required for any change
in condition.
Lock Out/ Tag Out has to be completed before permitting by the authorized personnel for LOTO.

ANNEXURE - 5
ACCESS / VICINITY PERMIT
HIGH VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS

Date Time Permit No.

Primary Purpose
Access High Voltage Installation  Perform Work High Voltage  Access near Overhead Power line

Assessment and Authorization
This is to authority is issued to:_______________________________ Has been authorized to work in
the vicinity of the electrical installations listed below:

Electrical Isolation Voltage Clearance Distance Required


Installation required
Yes No

Work to be performed

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 133 -nileshj Page 133 07/09/2019

Page 133
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 133 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

Permitted tools/ Plant

Safety Precautions

Permit Authorization Signature Date & Time

Acceptance
I hereby accept this authority and state that I fully understand the nature and position of the work
entailed. I understand that this authority does not permit me to work on any H.V. apparatus. I have
been advised of the nature and position of adjacent live apparatus and the limits of approach and
undertake to instruct the personnel of the working party to observe the safety precautions as detailed
above.

Permit Holder Acceptance

I will ensure that all conditions of the permit(s) will be abided by. I will ensure all persons
engaged in the work are advised of these conditions and abide by them.

Permit Holder Signature Date & Time


I HAVE BEEN INSTRUCTED TO TAKE ALL THE ABOVE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND
EXPLAINED ABOUT THE SAME, IN A LANGUAGE UNDERSTOOD BY ME, I PROMISE TO ABIDE
THE SAME.
Name of persons employed and signatures

Sr.No Name Signature Sr.No Name Signature

CLOSURE OF PERMIT

Job completed satisfactorily & assigned manpower withdrawn by the permit holder. Permit
d by
Name:_________________________ Signature:_____________ Date:________ Time:______
(Permit to be returned to respective Permit Issuer/Authorized person after completion of the job)
Receipt of permit after completion of assigned job permit issuer? Authorized person after the job
pleti
Name:________________________ Signature:____________ Date:__________ Time:______

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 134 -nileshj Page 134 07/09/2019

Page 134
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 134 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
PERMIT AND SPECIFIC INSTRUCTION

1. RENEWAL / EXTENSION: THIS PERMIT SHALL BE RENEWED EVERY SHIFT IN THE FIELD.
RENEWAL IN DISPLAY COPY ONLY.
2. WHILE CONTINUING THE WORK, ANY ABNORMALITY IF OBSERVED / NOTICED, IT SHALL BE
IMMEDIATELY REPORTED TO ISSUER DEPARTMENT.
3. MAXIMUM VALIDITY: 1 DAY. ISSUE NEW PERMIT AFTER MAXIMUM VALIDITY IS OVER.
4. PERMIT MUST BE DISPLAYED AT WORK LOCATIONS ALWAYS.
5. IN CASE OF ANY EMERGENCY CONTACT: EMERGENCY (FIRE): -------, SAFETY:-------, SECURITY:
--------, HOSPITAL: ------.

EXTENSION / RENEWAL OF THE PERMIT

DATE
ADDITIONAL PRECAUTIONS
SHIFT NAME SIGN. & NAME SIGN TIME
REQUIRED
TIME

RECEIVER ISSUER

A/G

ANNEXURE - 6
CHECK LIST FOR DEMOLITION

Sr. Task Yes No NA Remarks


No.
1 Is continuous inspection being done during carrying out of
demolition process?
2 Are all materials or articles not stored or kept on platform,
floor or stairways of a building being demolished.
3 Are barricades and warning signs erected along every side
through the length and breadth of area to be demolished
4 Has a study of the adjacent building been done
5 Does access to any stairways or passageways not affected
or blocked by storing any material or article?
6 Are suitable barricades provided to prevent materials from
sliding or rebounding into any unprotected space?
7 Are warning devices installed in the area to be used to warn
the workers in case of danger?

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 135 -nileshj Page 135 07/09/2019

Page 135
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 135 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
8 Are appropriate PPE provide to workers who are involved in
demolished area?
9 Under ground utilities have been identified if any &
relocated.
10. Has an method statement been prepared & communicated

11. Vehicles deployed for demolition are in good condition.

12 Are chutes available for debris disposal


13 Other if any mention below

ANNEXURE-7

EXCAVATION WORK CHECKLIST


ITEMS TO BE CHECKED YES NO N/A

All Excavations

1. Is the excavation being done in accordance with the design plan?

2. Is barricading provided to prevent mobile plant from falling into pit

3. Is the trench being covered or backfilled progressively?

4. Is a safe means of access provided for entering the trench/excavation?

5..Are buried services identified & clearly marked?

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 136 -nileshj Page 136 07/09/2019

Page 136
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 136 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
ITEMS TO BE CHECKED YES NO N/A

6.Has mechanical inspection carried of the machinery & documented?

7.Is de watering pump available in case of water accumulation.

8..Are personnel protected from men and machines working above?

9.Is there sufficient clearance from overhead hazards?

10..Are spotters in place to guide equipment?

11.Is there an emergency plan in place?

EXCAVATIONS OVER 1.METER DEEP

19.Has a risk assessment for the task been completed and discussed with
workers involved in completing the task?

20.Is the trench / excavation likely to create a Confined Space?

25.Has the shoring been inspected ?

26.If shoring is in use is it installed to plan and are a copy of drawings and
calculations available on site?

31.Is the work area kept free of standing or flowing water?

32.Is discharge water going through a sediment trap?

33.Is there any movement of the ground that may put adjacent services, roads
or structures at risk?

34.Are loose tools, spoil heaps or materials kept more than 2.0 m away from
the edge of the excavation?

35.Are spoil heaps properly placed and are they safe in wet weather?

36.Is the trench/excavation clear of personnel while spoil heap is being


worked on?

37.Is the area between the trench/excavation and spoil heaps or barricades
clear of tools, pipes, bricks, stores etc?

38.Is there sufficient illumination for the work to proceed safely?

39.Is shoring being removed correctly and all persons are working protected?

ANNEXURE -8
CHECK LIST – BLASTING

Sr. Description Yes/ No


No.
1 Whether the detonators are checked individually for continually &
resistance.
2 Do all the detonators belong to the same manufacturer?
3 Whether the explosives & cartridges selected for the use are of correct size.
4 Whether the explosives & detonators are of approved quality.
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 137 -nileshj Page 137 07/09/2019

Page 137
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 137 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
5 Whether the condition of lead/ leg wires are checked
6 Whether sockets in the blasted area are flushed with air and water plugged.
7 Are bore holes are cleared of all the debris before explosives are inserted.
8 Whether all the excessive cartridges are removed from the work spot.
9 Head count of numbers of persons involved in the operation have come out
of the spot after loading.
10 Have environment conditions are considered? (Rain/ sunny/ wind/ etc..)
11 Are Electronic items/ Radios, mobile phones & pagers prohibited in the
location?
12 Are danger zone is suitably cordoned and flagmen posted at important
points.
13 Whether suitable warning boards are displayed at site.
14 Whether no of entry points are identified and access control is established.
15 Whether blaster’s shelter is available in good condition.
16 Whether proper signalling system is established to prevent trespassers
entering the blasting zone, siren or hooter is available.
17 Whether all the drillers have been provided with adequate PPEs.
18 Whether a record has been maintained in a separate register indicating.
Date & Time of Blast Number of Holes
Type of Explosive Used Amount of Charge Per hole
Firing Pattern & Sequence

19 Mention the
- Qty of explosive brought from magazine …………………………………
- Qty of explosive used ………………………………………………………
- Qty of explosives returned to the magazine …………………………….

20 Any Electrical/ Telecom lines or cables nearby?


Is so specify the distance & voltage …………………………………………..
21 Whether the circuit has been checked
Specify the resistance …………………………………………………………..

E. Check Points after Blasting

Sr. Description Yes/ No


No.
1 Whether any misfire detected. If yes,
Give the no. of holes ………………………

Brief of Action taken:

2 Whether “All Clear” siren is blown & mention time of “All Clear” siren
Time …………………………….

ANNEXURE -9
CHECK LIST FOR PILING

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 138 -nileshj Page 138 07/09/2019

Page 138
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 138 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Sr.
Description of check point Yes No NA Remarks
No.
GENERAL
Has a method statement and risk assessment been produced
1.
and agreed by all parties.
Has all underground services, voids, & possible
2.
contaminants identified ?
Have all necessary measures been taken to protect overhead
3.
services.
Does piling equipment have 3rd party certificate? & relevant
4.
documents
5. Is all control levers within the piling machine clearly marked?
Where bored piling is being carried out
6. ▪ Has a segregated spoil area been designated?
▪ Are barriers provided to protect pile shaft.
Where tripods are being used
▪ Is the SWL clearly marked on the winch and test
certificate available on site?
▪ Are only correct shear pins being used on the shear
legs?
▪ Are all ropes secured with bulldog grips or where
7. appropriate hard eyes or saddles.
▪ Are ropes checked daily for damage and replaced
where necessary.
▪ Are all moving parts suitable guarded?
▪ Is a clear working area being maintained?
▪ Are safe lifting methods being employed.
▪ Are barriers provided to safeguard pile shafts?
8. All workers wearing safety helmets and safety shoes
Is the ground strong enough to carry the load of piling
9.
machine
10. Are warning signs in Hindi & English displayed
11.
12. Safety cordon is provided around pile rig location
13. Is the bentonite tank covered & barricaded
14. Is the pile case properly covered.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 139 -nileshj Page 139 07/09/2019

Page 139
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 139 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
ANNEXURE- 10
CHECK LIST FOR ELECTRICAL WORK

Sr.
Description of Check Point Yes No NA Remarks
No
1 Grounding prongs not removed from 3-way plugs.
Circuit breaker panels and emergency shut offs
2
unobstructed and labelled.
3 Electrical outlets not overloaded with appliances.
4 Use of ELCB s, RCCB of 30 mA only
5 Insertion of loose wire and sockets.
6 Use of proper plugs and sockets
7 Insertion of bare wires directly in to the sockets
8 Improper grounding for the appliances
9 Electrical cables are running on the grounds
10 Exposed naked joints.
11 Are Panel Boards provided with fencing & rubber mat?
Are the incoming and outgoing voltage clearly marked in
12 the Panel Boards?

13 Are outgoing lines identified in the Panel Boards?

14 Are there double earthing provided?


15 Is there earth pits maintained?
Is the earth resistance measured periodically and record
16
maintained?
17 Is there any contact with Electrical & welding earth?
18 Is the cable trench properly covered at the Panel Board?

19 Are cable properly laid on the trays in the cable trench?

20 Is the cable trench free from water?

Are the cable trenches free from unwanted materials?


21
22 Are the main switches properly cover/closed?
23 Is there any temporary wiring?

24 Is there any damage in the cable/wires?

25 Is the proper insulation at the joints?

26 Are the focus light provided with earthing?

27 Are proper socket/plugs used for taping the supply?

28 Are there 3 pin plugs used for taping supply?

29 Are the electricians trained on First Aid?


30 Are Fire Extinguisher/Fire Buckets provided?

31 Are the electrical tools are properly stored?

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 140 -nileshj Page 140 07/09/2019

Page 140
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 140 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Sr.
Description of Check Point Yes No NA Remarks
No
32 Are all the electrical tools insulated?
33 Is there proper lock out system available?
Is there proper work permit/line clearance available for
34 maintenance work?

ANNEXURE -11
CHECK LIST FOR HEAVY MACHINERY

Sr. Description Yes No NA Remarks


No.
1 Are the machinery in working condition
2 Is all the necessary documents available
3 Does the operator/driver posses a valid license
4 Is the reverse horn & lamp functioning properly
5 Is there a helper to guide while reversing
6 Do the brakes work when applied
7 Are the indicator & head light working
8 Are the rear view mirrors in place
9 Is the wind shield clean & clear without cracks
10 Are the tyres in good condition
11 Is the place levelled & compacted where the
machinery is positioned
12 Are the hydraulic line in good condition with out
leakages.
13 Machinery with out riggers are they working
properly
14 Does the cranes have safety latch for the hooks
15 Is there a load chart available
16 Does the lifting tools & tackles have a certificate
17 Does the machinery have stop blocks
18 Does the exposed rotating parts have guards.
19 Is periodic maintenance carried out
20

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 141 -nileshj Page 141 07/09/2019

Page 141
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 141 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

ANNEXURE -12
CHECK LIST FOR CRANE

Sr. Description Yes No NA Remarks


No.
1 Load blocks and hooks
4 Jib lattice work
5 Jib chords & mast
7 Boom lattice
8 Boom chords
9 Boom & jib welds
10 Boom & jib keepers & cotters
11 Boom structure (hydraulic)
12 Boom wear pads (hydraulic)
13 Boom & jib foot & hinge pins
14 Boom angle indicator
15 Boom back stops
16 Boom angle limit switch
19 Drums & drum attachments
23 Master control clutch
24 Main drum controls, clutch, brake
25 Aux. drum controls, clutch, brake
26 Boom hoist ratchet & pawl controls
27 Boom hoist brake
28 Swing lock mechanism
29 Swing controls, clutch, brake
33 Drum rotation sensor
34 Power unit gauges
40 Load chart
46 Counterweights
47 Hook rollers, ring, roller path
49 Outriggers, boxes, beams, pads
55 Crawler chain, track, rollers, etc.
67 Hydraulic System pumps, motors, controls
68 Hydraulic system fluid, hoses, filters
69 Hydraulic system cylinders

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 142 -nileshj Page 142 07/09/2019

Page 142
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 142 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Sr. Description Yes No NA Remarks
No.
70 Unauthorized modifications
72 Main hoist rope condition
73 Auxiliary hose rope condition
74 Boom hoist rope condition
75 Rope end fittings
76 Rope spooling at drums
77 Boom and jib pendants
78 Boom & jib pins
79 Boom & job sockets & wedges
80 Others …………………………………….

ANNEXURE -13
CHECK LIST FOR SCAFFOLDING

Description of Check Point Yes No NA Remarks


No
1 Is site having a practice of providing suitable and sufficient
scaffolds so that the work could safely be done at a height
2 In site engaging suitable/properly trained /experienced
workmen for construction/dismantling/shifting scaffolding
works.
3 Are scaffold platforms designed/ constructed with a safety
factor of minimum four?
4 Is there a safe means of access to the working platform
5 Are scaffold structure having a solid base avoiding
pavements and man hole covers etc.
6 Is vertically of the structure properly maintained
7 Are tier for scaffold structure properly maintained
8 Is the scaffolding structure free from excavation pit/proper
distance is maintained.
9 Is there a provision of toe boards/guardrails and are they
secured.
10 Whether planks used for working platforms are wooden/
metallic
11 Is there a system of inspecting the scaffolds by a competent
person at least once a week and also after every prolonged
interruption in the work
12 Is there a system of inspecting materials of scaffolds on
each occasion before erection
13 Is overhanging of the working platform restricted to less
than 50mm/four times the thickness of the board?

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 143 -nileshj Page 143 07/09/2019

Page 143
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 143 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

Description of Check Point Yes No NA Remarks


No
14 Is there a system of inspecting scaffolds at every spell of
bad weather/heavy wind condition?
15 Is awareness of workmen on the importance of load
distribution on a given working platform?
16 Is there a check for the conditions and correct usage of
fitting for scaffolds?
17 Are all the materials stored on the platforms properly
secured or not
18 Whether planks are tied using proper binding wires
19 Are opening in working platform kept safety
covered/fenced.
20 Are all materials stacked on the platform properly secured
while in motion?
21 Is there a system of using manila rope/coir rope for
suspension at any place where such rope would be liable to
damage by heat/flames /sharp edges etc.
22 Is there a provision of guardrails and toe boards?
23 Is there a provision of anchoring safety belts-lanyards to be
tied to guy ropes?
24 Are base plate provided?
25 Is the ground level firm, or have proper supports have been
placed under the structure?
26 Is the base away from all excavations, drain covers,
manholes etc?
27 Are the vertical tubes in plumb and correctly spaced?
28 Are the standards joints staggered?
29 Are adequate bracing provided?
30 Is the structure securely tied back?
31 Is the working platform closely boarded, i.e. no gaps
between the boards?
32 Is the working platform at least 450 mm wide?
33 Is a guard-rail, knee-rail and toe board provided above the
platform and securely fixed?
34 Are all the materials stored on the platforms properly
secured or not?
35 Are openings in working platform kept safely covered/
fenced?
36 Is there a provision of anchoring safety belts lanyards to be
tied to guy ropes?
37 Are existing access ways (stairs, walkways,) etc. left clear?
38 Is it ensured that planks provided in the scaffolding
platform not extending beyond 12 inches outside?

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 144 -nileshj Page 144 07/09/2019

Page 144
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 144 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
ANNEXURE 14
CHECK LIST FOR RIGGING
No Description Yes No NA Remarks
1 Are the ropes & slings are in good condition & certified

2 Are they stored in a proper place away from chemicals, heat…


Is the rigger is competent & trained
3 Is it ensured that the slings are not over loaded
4 Is proper packing done for sharp bends & edges
5 Is it ensured that the slings are not twisted
6 Is it ensured that hammering is avoided at eyes or bends

7 Is shape, size & weight aspects considered prior to rigging.


8 Is the rigger aware of load limitations due to included angle of
two slings
9 Is it ensured that the slings are not dragged
10 Are all the lifting tools certified & in good conditions
11 Does screw thread of D shackle sits properly in the groove
12 Are all the tools inspected on a periodic manner
13 Is it ensured the slings are not knotted to shorten the length
for a specific lift.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 145 -nileshj Page 145 07/09/2019

Page 145
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 145 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
ANNEXURE -15
CHECK LIST FOR FORMWORK
Sl.No Description Yes No N/A Remarks
1 Are the wooden material stored & stacked properly
2 Are all the machinery grounded
3 Are all the guards of the machinery in place
4 Is there a cover for the blade of the wood cutting
machine
5 Is wood fed to the cutting machine using a guide
stick
6 Is the drilling bit fastened properly
7 Is the saw dust disposed on a regular basis
8 Is power being tapped routed through an ELCB
9 Are all the machinery in good working condition
10 After de shuttering are the wooden material de-nailed
& stored properly
11 Adequate PPES as per the job requirement is
available & worn
12 Is there is a guard for the hand held wood cutting
machine
13 Is the correct size blade used & mounted properly
14

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 146 -nileshj Page 146 07/09/2019

Page 146
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 146 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
ANNEXURE -16
CHECK LIST FOR REINFORCEMENT

Sl. Description Yes No N/A Remarks


1 Are the steel stacked properly as per their dia
2 Is there a separate yard for scrap
3 Is the cutting & bending machine in good working
condition
4 Is there a feeding chart displayed at the cutting machine
for the number of rods to be fed
5 Is there a safety cover plate & is it used during rod
cutting
6 Are the machinery properly mounted
7 Are the cutting dies in good condition
8 Is the limit switch of the bending machine working
properly
9 Is there a proper platform for feeding the rod to the
bending machine
10 Are the bending dies in good conditions & sits properly in
the groove.
11 Is the person competent enough to operate the machine
12 Adequate PPES as per the work are available & worn the
people.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 147 -nileshj Page 147 07/09/2019

Page 147
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 147 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
ANNEXURE-17
CHECKLIST FOR WELDING
Sr.
Description of Check Point Yes No NA Remarks
No
Welding generators/transformers conditions and its
1.
proper earthing
2. Condition of welding cable and joints
3. Electrode holder
4. Area free from combustible material
Cordoning of area below when welding is in progress
5.
at height
6. Provision of fire extinguishers
Smouldering fires are religiously extinguished after
7.
day’s work.
8. Power cable fixed to the machine using lugs.
9. Is face shield with approved glass provided
10. Are the electrode bits properly stored & disposed
11. Are the cables routed properly

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 148 -nileshj Page 148 07/09/2019

Page 148
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 148 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
OCP-18
CHECKLIST FOR GAS CUTTING
Sr.
Description of Check Point Yes No NA Remarks
No
Cylinders are stored ,used in upright position &
1.
secured
2. Are the gas cylinder handled properly
Is the Condition of regulator hose, torch in good
3.
condition
Stacking of cylinders not near live wires, battery
4.
charging rooms/oil rooms
Is the correct type of lighters being used by the
5.
cutters?
6. Are gauges working properly?
7. Are trolleys being used for carriage of gas cylinders?
Is the hose in good working condition and proper
8.
clamps been used to secure it with cylinders?
9. Are Flash back arrestor provided at both ends.
10. Cylinders full or empty are stored separately.
11. Is fire extinguisher provided.
Is the surface of the material clean of rust & foreign
12.
particle.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 149 -nileshj Page 149 07/09/2019

Page 149
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 149 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
ANNEXURE-19

CONFINED SPACE CHECKLIST

Sl Description of Check Point Yes No N/A Remarks


.No
1 Complete atmospheric test
2 Ventilate or purge if required
3 Removal of liquid and solid residues that may raise the
concentration of flammable
4 substances in the atmosphere including loose dust
5 Removal or covering of combustibles in hot work area
6 Fixed fire extinguishing systems (gas drench) to be
isolated to ensure safe breathing atmosphere.
7 Surface coatings that present a toxic risk when heated
should be removed
8 Provision of appropriate fire fighting equipment
9 Arrange for a dedicated fire watcher if required
10 No compressed gas cylinders, other than self-contained
breathing apparatus within a confined space.
11 Continue ventilation if required
12 Contaminated exhaust should not be vented so as to
present a hazard to others
13 Mechanical ventilation equipment shall have controls
clearly identified and tagged to guard against
unauthorised shut down
14 De-energise arc welders when not being used
15 Breathing equipment to be worn should the
atmosphere be questionable
16 Cooling of surrounding areas may be required.
17 Removal or covering of combustibles in hot work area
Dedicated fire watch while hot work being performed
No compressed gas cylinders other than self-contained
breathing apparatus are within a confined space
18 Is fluorescent bulbs used for illumination

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 150 -nileshj Page 150 07/09/2019

Page 150
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 150 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

ANNEXURE -20

CHECK LIST FOR STEEL ERECTION

Sl. Description of Check Point Yes No N/A Remarks


No
1 Hoisting apparatus is checked & inspected in all aspects
2 Has an lift plan prepared & communicated
3 Is the area barricaded
4 Is life line provided for anchorage of safety harness
5 Is guy rope used to prevent the swing
6 Is a trial run being planned prior to final lift
7 Are there adequate sling, D Shackles for the lift which are
certified.
8 Is the unsupported columns anchored with stay ropes.
9 Are tag lines or hip pouch used for tools
10 Is it ensured that loose material are not left at heights
11 Is it ensured that the member is secured by at least 50%
bolts prior to release from the hoisting line.
12 Is adequate platform provided for welding, bolting or any
other work.
13 Is an step bolt provided prior to erection for access.
14 Are anchor bolts welded at strategic pints for anchorage of
safety harness & tying of static line.
15 Any other points to be mentioned below
16
17

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 151 -nileshj Page 151 07/09/2019

Page 151
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 151 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
ANNEXURE-21

CHECK LIST FOR WORK OVER/NEAR WATER BODY


No Description of the check Yes No N/A Remarks
1 Are all the persons wearing life vest
2 Is there a life guard during the entire working hours
3 Is there a motorised rescue boat during the entire
work activity
4 Is the rescue boat well equipped for a major rescues
operation
5 Is there a proper access to the place of work
6 Are life buoys available & adequate in numbers
along with nylon rope.
7 Are the power cables double insulated & routed
properly
8 Is proper & adequate edge protection provided to
prevent a fall.
9 Is adequate illumination provided for night work
10 Is a life line secured across the banks at 2feet over
the water body at the down stream.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 152 -nileshj Page 152 07/09/2019

Page 152
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 152 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
ANNEXURE-- 22

CHECK LIST FOR CONCRETING


Sr.
Description of Check Point Yes No NA Remarks
No.
1 Is the pump located in a proper place & secured
2 Is the receiving hopper covered with a grating
3 Are the guards of the pump in place
4 Are the pipes secured properly secured with wedge
locking pins
5 Is the pipe line routed on a level ground & rested on a
stand
6 Vertical pipeline is secured to a rigid structure
7 Is ball passing done with casing in place.
8 Is the pipe line supported to the existing shuttering
work? If so stop the activity
9 Are the pressure gauges of the pump in working
condition
10 Is there proper access for the transit mixer.
11 Is the chute of the mixer locked during pouring.
12 Are guards in place of the gears ,chains & protecting
shaft of the wheel of the transit mixer
13 Is guard in place of the vibrator
14 Is the power cable used does have double insulation
15 Is the power supply taken through an ELCB
16 Is the form work to be concreted has been inspected by
an competent person
17 Has all the vertical support been braced

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 153 -nileshj Page 153 07/09/2019

Page 153
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 153 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

ANNEXURE-- 23

CHECK LIST FOR NDT

Sr. N/
Description of Check Point Yes No Remarks
No. A
1 Does the contractor hold a valid licence issued by the
competent authority of Baba Atomic Research Centre
2 Is the area cordoned of & warning sign posted
Are all the equipment been ensured that they are in
good working condition.
3 Is there a designated & certified location for storage of
isotope
4 Is film badge or Dosimeter used as prescribed
5 Is isotope attached to metal pencil stored properly in a
lead pot
6 Is the exposure time calculated before hand
7 Is there an Radiation monitoring equipment when
exposure is in progress.
8 Is there an emergency plan in case of leakage
9 Is there a medical stand by team during work
10 Is the isotope pencil handled by collimator/monitoring
rod of specified length.
11 Is Suitable supporting & fastening devices is used for
hoisting & positioning radiography cameras / X-ray
machines in order to avoid mishaps such as accidental
fall etc.
12 Is radiography equipment operated by positioning
oneself behind the camera / X-ray machine, making use
of the shielding provided by the body of the equipment.
13 Is the work spot shielded/enclosed to contain radiation
14 Are appropriate PPEs used.
15 Periodic medical examination of the people involved in
radiographic is carried out

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 154 -nileshj Page 154 07/09/2019

Page 154
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 154 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

ANNEXURE-- 24

CHECK LIST FOR SLOPE & FRAGILE ROOF


SNo. Description of Check Point Yes No N/A Remarks
1 Is the pitch of the roof determined
2 Is the fragility of the roof determined
3 Is a catch platform provided at the edges of the roof
4 Is a safe access provided to the roof top
5 Is the area below the roof barricaded.
6 Are roof anchor provided for anchoring safety harness.
7 Are the crawling ladders tested & inspected
8 Are the rope ladder fastened properly
9 Are the openings in the roof securely covered
10 Is there a proper arrangement for removal of debris
11
12
13

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 155 -nileshj Page 155 07/09/2019

Page 155
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 155 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
ANNEXURE--25

CHECK LIST FOR PRESSURE TESTING

NO Description of the check Ye No N/A Remarks


s
1 Specification sheet of the equipments and or pipe line,
which mentions pressure and temperature designs are
available and complete.
2 All test equipments and tools shall be inspected for wear
and damage.
3 Pressure measurement tools are calibrated and their
statuses of calibration are still valid.
4 The pressure gauge is safety type, with blow out back
5 Is Safety relief valve setting is 1.5 times maximum
allowable working pressure.
6 Is the test area isolated and surround with safety line.
Are appropriate safety sign displayed.
7 All the temporary tools (such as valve, fitting, hoses,
flanges, blind plate, etc) have to be rated more than the
maximum hydrostatic pressure
8 Vents are available and installed the high points to
vent air
9 Check the vent line before testing and make sure it is
not blocked.
10 All hoses must be tied down
11 Isolate the test area and surround it with safety line. Put
appropriate safety sign at that area.
12 Is Water temperature more than 16 0C (60 F).
13 Pressure gauges used in the test have 150% of the
maximum allowable working pressure.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 156 -nileshj Page 156 07/09/2019

Page 156
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 156 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
ANNEXURE--26
CHECK LIST FOR POWER OPERATED TOOLS
Sr.
Description of Check Point Yes No NA Remarks
No.
1 Are all portable tools of double insulation type or
alternately provided double body earthing
2 Are they in good working condition
3 Are the rotating parts guarded
4 Disconnect machine before adjusting or working on it
5 Is power drawn to the tools is through an ELCB
6 Are the cutting/ grinding wheel used is as per
manufactures specs.
7 Is the wheel secured properly & not over tightening it.
8 Is ring test carried out on the abrasive wheels
9 Are Appropriate drill bits shall be used for the type of
work. The bit shall be mounted securely to the full
depth of the chuck.
10 Are the grips or handle of the tools are insulated & in
good condition.
11 Is the material that is being worked is secured properly
12 Is the maximum operating speed of the wheels be
exceeded.
13 Is gap between the face of the wheel and tool support
kept to a minimum.

14 Is the Work forced against the wheel


15 Are the cables double insulated & with out joints

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 157 -nileshj Page 157 07/09/2019

Page 157
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 157 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
ANNEXURE--27
CHECK LIST FOR MOBILE CRANES

Sr
.
Description of Check Point Yes No NA Remarks
No
.
1 Is the crane inspected & certified by a competent person
2 Are all the documents related to the crane available
3 Is a Load Indicator chart available
4 Is the operator competent enough to operate the crane
5 Are the tyres/ crawlers in good condition
6 Is there sufficient area for the boom to swing
7 Is an banks man provided to the operator to guide
8 Is the crane stationed on a level & firm ground
9 Are the out riggers properly engaged
10 Is a fire extinguisher available
11 Does the banks man & operate can communicate
through hand signals.
12 If there are electric line safety precautionary are taken
13
14
15

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 158 -nileshj Page 158 07/09/2019

Page 158
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 158 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
ANNEXURE-- 28

CHECK LIST FOR FIRE PREVENTION


Sl No Description of Check Point Yes No NA Remarks
1 Are these inspected, maintained and tested as per
fire safety norms?
2 Have persons been nominated for maintaining and
inspecting them at routine intervals?
3 Are the dates of charging, testing and maintenance
indicated on these equipments?
4 Whether the supervisor is trained?
5 Whether the workers are trained?
6 Whether the trained persons available round the
clock?
7 Is the equipment clearly visible at glance?
8 Is the extinguisher protected against mechanical
damages/ cold weather damage?
9 Is the fire alarm fitted?
10 Are all combustible waste materials kept separately?
11 Are all flammable materials stored in specific areas?
12 Is the facility of water-hydrants available in the
operation area/ minimum discharge available as per
norm i.e. 250 gallons/ minute?
13 Is the proper sign (indicators) fixed for easy
guidance?
14 Are the smoke pipes from diesel engine/ compressor
etc. properly insulated?
15 Is no smoking rule observed in storage area?

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 159 -nileshj Page 159 07/09/2019

Page 159
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 159 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

ANNEXURE-- 29

CHECK LIST FOR TUNELLING


Sl No Description of Check Point Yes No NA Remarks
1 Are all safety precaution taken for storage &
handling of explosives.
2 Does the contractor have a license
3 Is the tunnel face inspected & cleared by a
competent person after blasting
4 Is a proper drainage system is available
5 Is there a pumping system available to pump water
6 Is there a proper ventilation system.
7 Proper access for people made inside the tunnel
8 Has adequate lighting been provided in the tunnel
9 Has all the electrical safety measures adhered for
installing electrical equipments.
10 Are all the muck/dump cars inspected for their
fitness.
11 Is a careful & frequent inspection of the walls & roof
carried out for its fail safe support
12 Is there adequate sirens located at strategic locations
13 Is there a proper communication system in place
14 Is an ambulance & medical facility available at the
nearest location.
15 Is there adequate fire fighting equipments
16 During scaling work does the scaling rod has a
guard in place.
17 Proper PPE’s are worn by the workers
Any other points

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 160 -nileshj Page 160 07/09/2019

Page 160
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 160 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

ANNEXURE-30
TOOL BOX TALK REPORT

Name of the Project :……………………………………………………………. Date :


Location :……………………………………………………………..
Name of the Contractor:……………………………………………………….
No of People attended :………………………………………………………..
Topic ( Please tick the appropriate box)
General safety Rules PPE”s Excavation confined Space Welding Scaffold Ladder
Gas Cutting Rigging Piling Working at heights Demolition Mock Drill Fire Fighting
Critical lift Rescue operation Traffic rules Defensive driving Concreting Formwork
Power Operate Hand tools Plant & machinery Operation First Aid Tower crane operation
Occupational health work over water Pressure Testing Reinforcement House keeping
Others Please specify ………………………………………………………………………………………

Sl.No Name of the Person Trade Signature


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 161 -nileshj Page 161 07/09/2019

Page 161
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 161 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
19
20

Signature of the Person Signature


of Contractor
Delivering Tool Box In charge.

ANNEXURE-31
EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION
(To be made and updated from time to time as applicable to site)

Sr. Name Designation Mobile Office Residence


No.
KEY PERSONNEL OF CONTRACTOR
Project Head
Nominated In-charge
Accounts & Admin In-
charge
Project OH&S Head
Time Office In-charge
P&M In-charge
Selection/ Area In-
charge
Key Personnel of EMPLOYER & CONSULTANT

Emergency Agencies
Police Station
Fire Department
State Electricity Board
Office
Cyclone Warning Centre
Regional Meteorological
office
Local Authorities
District Collector
Councillor/ Gram
Panchyat Mukhia
Statutory Authorities
Electrical Inspectorate
Factories Inspectorate
State Pollution Board
Regional Labour
Commissioner
Hospitals
Hospital 1
Hospital 2
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 162 -nileshj Page 162 07/09/2019

Page 162
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 162 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
Hospital 3
Others
Local Railway Station
Local Bus Terminus
Nearest Airport
Fire Fighting Facilities List of fire extinguishers* provided in the site shall be
Available readily available at the emergency control room, Time office
& displayed in other conspicuous locations
Location Type Capacity Numbers

ANNEXURE--32
MOCK DRILL REPORT

Name of the Site:…………………………………………………………..

1. Location ___________________________________________ Place ______________________


2. Mock Drill conducted on (Date) ____________________ Time ______________________
3. Agencies present _______________________________________________________________
4. Emergency Situation Fire Explosion Release of Gas
(Tick Box) Evacuation Occupational Emergency Any other
5. Name of the Observer
Internal _________________________________________
External _________________________________________
6. Time of Declaration of Emergency ……. Hrs ……. Minutes
7. Whether cordoning of the area done? *Yes *No
8. Whether emergency alarm sounded *Yes *No
9. First Responders Response Time ………………………
10. Whether workmen assembled at assembly point *Yes *No
11. Whether Ambulance/ Medical Staff was called and time taken accordingly ………………….
12. Time of All Clear ……. Hrs ……. Minutes
13. Total Time Elapsed ……. Hrs ……. Minutes
14. Previous Total Time ……. Hrs ……. Minutes
15. Deficiencies observed during the exercise _______________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
16. Action recommended for improvement
S. No. Recommendations Action by Expected Completion Date
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 163 -nileshj Page 163 07/09/2019

Page 163
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 163 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
1

17. Name of the person responsible to follow up the above __________________________ __________
18. Other remarks if any ___________________________________________________________ __________
_________________________________________________________________________________ __________
_________________________________________________________________________________ __________

(Signature of Emergency Co-coordinator)


Note:
1. Observer would observe the entire Mock drill proceeding and make the noting of short comings
and finally prepare the Mock Drill report. External observer may be the concerned Project OH&S
Head & Team of the department or a person decided by the HOD.
2. Response time would be noted by the observer using Stop Watch or a suitable device

ANNEXURE -33

INCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION FORM

TYPE OF INCIDENT □ FIRST-AID □ DANGEROUS OCCURRENCE □ MTI □ LTI


□ FATALITY □ OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESS REPORTING
TO BE FILLED IN BY: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH CENTRE REPRESENTATIVE/ BY
SUPERVISOR IN CASE OF FIRST AID/ DANGEROUS OCCURRENCE
1. PLANT / SITE 2. CATEGORY – Own Sub – contractor Third-
party Visitor Others

DEPARTMENT (IF OWN PERSONNEL) –


3. LOCATION OF INCIDENT 4. TIME 5. SHIFT:
AM

PM
6. DATE OF INCIDENT 7. AGE OF THE 8. DATE OF REPORT
INJURED
9. INJURED’S 10. PART OF BODY (A) 11. NATURE OF INJURY
NAME/EMPLOYMENT NO./ESI OR
NO. ILLNESS (B)

12. FIRST AID TREATMENT PROVIDED: Record observations and treatment provided as
well as any advice given to patient

TO BE FILLED IN BY SUPERVISOR

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 164 -nileshj Page 164 07/09/2019

Page 164
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 164 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

13.OBJECT/EQUIPMENT/ 14.OCCUPATION 15.EXPERIENCE


SUBSTANCE INFLICTING
HARM (C)

16. INCIDENT SEVERITY 17 a. PERSON IN CONTROL OF ACTIVITY AT TIME


LEVEL OF OCCURRENCE (SITE INCHARGE)

EVALUATION OF LOSS 18. LOSS SEVERITY 19. PROBABILITY OF


POTENTIAL IF POTENTIAL OCCURENCE
NOT CORRECTED
INSIGNIFICANT ALMOST CERTAIN
MINOR LIKELY
MODERATE OCCASIONAL
MAJOR UNLIKELY RARE
RISK

DRAMATIC

20. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE INCIDENT/ HAZARD.

21. CRITICAL FACTORS OF THE INCIDENT: Critical factors are the factors which have to be
present for the incident to occur

22. IMMEDIATE CAUSE: What substandard acts/practices and conditions caused or could cause the
critical factor to be present? Explain (Also refer to D)

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 165 -nileshj Page 165 07/09/2019

Page 165
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 165 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

23. BASIC / UNDERLYING CAUSES: What substandard acts/practices and conditions caused or
could cause the critical factor to be present? Explain
(Also refer to E)

24. CORRECTIVE AND PREVENTIVE: What has and/or should be done to control the
hazard/incident and by whom?

Corrective and Responsibility Completion Priority of Remarks


Preventive Action Target completion

25. WITNESSES: List the names of persons who witnessed the hazard / incident

26. OUTCOME:
Returned to Normal Returned to Alternate Referred for
Duties Duties Doctor/hospital/medical
treatment.

27. SAFETY REPRESENTATIVE INFORMED: YES NO

28.ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECT (IF ANY) (Refer F)


Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 166 -nileshj Page 166 07/09/2019

Page 166
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 166 of 157
Project OHS - Manual

29. SIGN OFF PROCESS: Name and Signature


INVESTIGATOR

DEPARTMENT MANAGER

OH&S MANAGER

30. REVIEWER’S REACTIONS TO THE INVESTIGATOR’S ANALYSIS OF THE BASIC CAUSES OF


THIS INCIDENT AND THE REMEDIAL ACTIONS DIRECTED AT POSSIBLE INADEQUACIES IN
THE SYSTEM, ITS STANDARDS OR COMPLIANCE TO THE STANDARDS.

REVIEWER’S [UNIT HEAD] NAME:


DATE:

ANNEXURE- 34

CHARGES LEVIED TO THE CONTRACTOR FOR UNSAFE ACT OR CONDITION

Sr.
No Non Conformance * Rs.
General Conditions
1 Smoking in area other than smoking area 100/-
2 Smoking in a hazardous area (Solvent storage, AFR area, Tank Farms etc… 500/-
3 Horseplay 100/-
4 Carrying out work without taking permits 500/-
5 Non adherence to the work permit and/ or Job safety Analysis requirements 1000/-

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 167 -nileshj Page 167 07/09/2019

Page 167
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 167 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
6 Non adherence to the Standard Operating Procedures 1000/-
7 Working without proper lock out and isolation 1000/-
8 Non relieving personnel for safety related trainings as per the requirements of ACL 500/-
9 Person engaged without ensuring OH&S induction training 500/-

10 Recruiting personnel not certified medically fit by the qualified medical practitioner 500/-
11 Non compliance with the site specified access control requirements 500/-
Working at Height
12 Non usage of IS approved scaffolding material 1000/-
13 Using defective scaffolding material 1000/-
Hot Work
14 Welding equipment in improper condition. 500/-
15 Cut/cracked hoses 200/-
16 Welding machine/ tools like grinder, drills etc. used for hot work without ELCBs 500/-

17 Non installation of flash back arrestor and pressure gauge on cylinders 500/-
18 Unsecured gas cylinder 100/-
19 Non usage of flame retardant drop sheets/ welding screens 100/-
20 Providing an unguarded machine 250/-
21 Non availability of Safety Personnel at site at any point of time 2000/-
22 Not maintaining minimum stock of spare PPEs at site 1000/-
Electrical Work
23 Using damaged, exposed electrical cables/ leads. 250/-
24 Inserting wires without plugs in the socket 250/-
25 Non qualified electrician carrying out electrical activities. 1000/-
Confined Space
26 Person other than those mentioned on the permit entering into a confined space 500/-
27 No safety observer/ standby person stationed outside the confined space, when the 250/-
activity is in progress
Lifting Work
28 Using lifting machines, tools& tackles which are in improper condition, SWL not 500/-
Marked
29 Lifting machines and lifting tools not inspected by the competent person as per the 500/-
legal requirements of the Factories Act,1948 and rules made there under.

30 Unqualified and untrained persons used for operating lifting machines, equipments, 500/-
slinging, rigging and carrying out maintenance of the lifting machines and equipment
Digging and Excavation
31 During excavation, spoil accumulated within 2 meters of the excavated area 100/-

32 Hard barraction not provided at the perimeter of the excavation 200/-


33 Trenches left open overnight, without any cover. (Unless it is unavoidable) 250/-
34 Materials stacked in the space between the barrier and the trench edge 100/-
Vehicle and Mobile Equipment
35 Drivers driving without driving license/ over speeding 250/-
36 Driver assistant (without any driving license) driving the vehicle 250/-
37 Using mobile phone while driving 100/-
38 Driver who have consumed alcohol while driving 500/-
39 Non usage of seat belts by the driver and his assistant while driving 100/-

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 168 -nileshj Page 168 07/09/2019

Page 168
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 168 of 157
Project OHS - Manual
40 Drivers transporting un authorized personnel 200/-
41 Vehicles/ Mobile equipments not meeting the legal requirements like condition, 200/-
registration, road worthy certificate, PUC etc..
42 Vehicles & equipment without reversing alarms, hand brake, rear view mirrors 100/-
Personal Protective Equipments
43 Non Compliance to usage of PPEs as per the requirement of the activity. 100 to
500
INCIDENTS
44 Lost time Injury 2 Lacs
45 Fatality 5 Lacs

Without limiting to the above mentioned unsafe acts and or conditions the Employer i.e Ambuja cements Ltd.,
shall have the right to Deduct charges for any other unsafe act and or condition depending upon the gravity
of the situation on case to-case basis and the Contractor shall absolutely have no objection to the same.
As for the “Fatality” mentioned above, the amount of Rs. 5 Lakhs mentioned therein is the estimated loss
suffered as the liquidated damages by the Employer and the Employer shall have a right to adjust the amount
of Rs. 5 Lakhs from any amount payable to the Contractor and the Contractor shall not have any objection to
the same.

70.0 STOPPAGE OF WORK


i) The Employer shall have the right to stop the work at his sole discretion, if in his opinion the work
is being carried out in such a way that it may cause incidents and endanger the safety of the
persons and / or property, and / or equipments. In such cases, the Contractor shall be informed
in writing about the nature of hazards and possible injury / accident.
ii) The Contractor shall not be entitled for any damages / compensation for stoppage of work, due to
safety reasons and the period of stoppage of work shall not be taken as an extension of time for
Completion of the Facilities and will not be a ground for waiver of levy of liquidated damages.

This Tender Document has to be read in conjunction with ACL Project OH&S Manual for better
understanding of the safety standards for implementation & abide by the safety standards as laid
down.

All the materials used & activities carried should comply with the Indian Standards strictly with out
any Deviation.

Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 169 -nileshj Page 169 07/09/2019

Page 169
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Sangamnath.K.N Gaurang Baxi Page 169 of 157
Rev no:0 Prepared by: Authorised by: ACL OH&S Manual

- 170 -nileshj Page 170 07/09/2019

Page 170
07/09/2019Doc No:
P001
Date: Page 170 of 170

You might also like